xref: /openbmc/qemu/tcg/tcg.c (revision 61d6a8767a5d4cd4fe5086ef98b53614ae099104)
1 /*
2  * Tiny Code Generator for QEMU
3  *
4  * Copyright (c) 2008 Fabrice Bellard
5  *
6  * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
7  * of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal
8  * in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights
9  * to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell
10  * copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is
11  * furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
12  *
13  * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
14  * all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
15  *
16  * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
17  * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
18  * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
19  * THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
20  * LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
21  * OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN
22  * THE SOFTWARE.
23  */
24 
25 #include "qemu/osdep.h"
26 
27 /* Define to jump the ELF file used to communicate with GDB.  */
28 #undef DEBUG_JIT
29 
30 #include "qemu/error-report.h"
31 #include "qemu/cutils.h"
32 #include "qemu/host-utils.h"
33 #include "qemu/qemu-print.h"
34 #include "qemu/cacheflush.h"
35 #include "qemu/cacheinfo.h"
36 #include "qemu/timer.h"
37 #include "exec/translation-block.h"
38 #include "exec/tlb-common.h"
39 #include "tcg/startup.h"
40 #include "tcg/tcg-op-common.h"
41 
42 #if UINTPTR_MAX == UINT32_MAX
43 # define ELF_CLASS  ELFCLASS32
44 #else
45 # define ELF_CLASS  ELFCLASS64
46 #endif
47 #if HOST_BIG_ENDIAN
48 # define ELF_DATA   ELFDATA2MSB
49 #else
50 # define ELF_DATA   ELFDATA2LSB
51 #endif
52 
53 #include "elf.h"
54 #include "exec/log.h"
55 #include "tcg/tcg-ldst.h"
56 #include "tcg/tcg-temp-internal.h"
57 #include "tcg-internal.h"
58 #include "tcg/perf.h"
59 #include "tcg-has.h"
60 #ifdef CONFIG_USER_ONLY
61 #include "user/guest-base.h"
62 #endif
63 
64 /* Forward declarations for functions declared in tcg-target.c.inc and
65    used here. */
66 static void tcg_target_init(TCGContext *s);
67 static void tcg_target_qemu_prologue(TCGContext *s);
68 static bool patch_reloc(tcg_insn_unit *code_ptr, int type,
69                         intptr_t value, intptr_t addend);
70 static void tcg_out_nop_fill(tcg_insn_unit *p, int count);
71 
72 typedef struct TCGLabelQemuLdst TCGLabelQemuLdst;
73 static bool tcg_out_qemu_ld_slow_path(TCGContext *s, TCGLabelQemuLdst *l);
74 static bool tcg_out_qemu_st_slow_path(TCGContext *s, TCGLabelQemuLdst *l);
75 
76 /* The CIE and FDE header definitions will be common to all hosts.  */
77 typedef struct {
78     uint32_t len __attribute__((aligned((sizeof(void *)))));
79     uint32_t id;
80     uint8_t version;
81     char augmentation[1];
82     uint8_t code_align;
83     uint8_t data_align;
84     uint8_t return_column;
85 } DebugFrameCIE;
86 
87 typedef struct QEMU_PACKED {
88     uint32_t len __attribute__((aligned((sizeof(void *)))));
89     uint32_t cie_offset;
90     uintptr_t func_start;
91     uintptr_t func_len;
92 } DebugFrameFDEHeader;
93 
94 typedef struct QEMU_PACKED {
95     DebugFrameCIE cie;
96     DebugFrameFDEHeader fde;
97 } DebugFrameHeader;
98 
99 struct TCGLabelQemuLdst {
100     bool is_ld;             /* qemu_ld: true, qemu_st: false */
101     MemOpIdx oi;
102     TCGType type;           /* result type of a load */
103     TCGReg addr_reg;        /* reg index for guest virtual addr */
104     TCGReg datalo_reg;      /* reg index for low word to be loaded or stored */
105     TCGReg datahi_reg;      /* reg index for high word to be loaded or stored */
106     const tcg_insn_unit *raddr;   /* addr of the next IR of qemu_ld/st IR */
107     tcg_insn_unit *label_ptr[2]; /* label pointers to be updated */
108     QSIMPLEQ_ENTRY(TCGLabelQemuLdst) next;
109 };
110 
111 static void tcg_register_jit_int(const void *buf, size_t size,
112                                  const void *debug_frame,
113                                  size_t debug_frame_size)
114     __attribute__((unused));
115 
116 /* Forward declarations for functions declared and used in tcg-target.c.inc. */
117 static void tcg_out_tb_start(TCGContext *s);
118 static void tcg_out_ld(TCGContext *s, TCGType type, TCGReg ret, TCGReg arg1,
119                        intptr_t arg2);
120 static bool tcg_out_mov(TCGContext *s, TCGType type, TCGReg ret, TCGReg arg);
121 static void tcg_out_movi(TCGContext *s, TCGType type,
122                          TCGReg ret, tcg_target_long arg);
123 static void tcg_out_ext8s(TCGContext *s, TCGType type, TCGReg ret, TCGReg arg);
124 static void tcg_out_ext16s(TCGContext *s, TCGType type, TCGReg ret, TCGReg arg);
125 static void tcg_out_ext8u(TCGContext *s, TCGReg ret, TCGReg arg);
126 static void tcg_out_ext16u(TCGContext *s, TCGReg ret, TCGReg arg);
127 static void tcg_out_ext32s(TCGContext *s, TCGReg ret, TCGReg arg);
128 static void tcg_out_ext32u(TCGContext *s, TCGReg ret, TCGReg arg);
129 static void tcg_out_exts_i32_i64(TCGContext *s, TCGReg ret, TCGReg arg);
130 static void tcg_out_extu_i32_i64(TCGContext *s, TCGReg ret, TCGReg arg);
131 static void tcg_out_extrl_i64_i32(TCGContext *s, TCGReg ret, TCGReg arg);
132 static void tcg_out_addi_ptr(TCGContext *s, TCGReg, TCGReg, tcg_target_long);
133 static bool tcg_out_xchg(TCGContext *s, TCGType type, TCGReg r1, TCGReg r2);
134 static void tcg_out_exit_tb(TCGContext *s, uintptr_t arg);
135 static void tcg_out_goto_tb(TCGContext *s, int which);
136 static void tcg_out_op(TCGContext *s, TCGOpcode opc, TCGType type,
137                        const TCGArg args[TCG_MAX_OP_ARGS],
138                        const int const_args[TCG_MAX_OP_ARGS]);
139 #if TCG_TARGET_MAYBE_vec
140 static bool tcg_out_dup_vec(TCGContext *s, TCGType type, unsigned vece,
141                             TCGReg dst, TCGReg src);
142 static bool tcg_out_dupm_vec(TCGContext *s, TCGType type, unsigned vece,
143                              TCGReg dst, TCGReg base, intptr_t offset);
144 static void tcg_out_dupi_vec(TCGContext *s, TCGType type, unsigned vece,
145                              TCGReg dst, int64_t arg);
146 static void tcg_out_vec_op(TCGContext *s, TCGOpcode opc,
147                            unsigned vecl, unsigned vece,
148                            const TCGArg args[TCG_MAX_OP_ARGS],
149                            const int const_args[TCG_MAX_OP_ARGS]);
150 #else
151 static inline bool tcg_out_dup_vec(TCGContext *s, TCGType type, unsigned vece,
152                                    TCGReg dst, TCGReg src)
153 {
154     g_assert_not_reached();
155 }
156 static inline bool tcg_out_dupm_vec(TCGContext *s, TCGType type, unsigned vece,
157                                     TCGReg dst, TCGReg base, intptr_t offset)
158 {
159     g_assert_not_reached();
160 }
161 static inline void tcg_out_dupi_vec(TCGContext *s, TCGType type, unsigned vece,
162                                     TCGReg dst, int64_t arg)
163 {
164     g_assert_not_reached();
165 }
166 static inline void tcg_out_vec_op(TCGContext *s, TCGOpcode opc,
167                                   unsigned vecl, unsigned vece,
168                                   const TCGArg args[TCG_MAX_OP_ARGS],
169                                   const int const_args[TCG_MAX_OP_ARGS])
170 {
171     g_assert_not_reached();
172 }
173 int tcg_can_emit_vec_op(TCGOpcode o, TCGType t, unsigned ve)
174 {
175     return 0;
176 }
177 #endif
178 static void tcg_out_st(TCGContext *s, TCGType type, TCGReg arg, TCGReg arg1,
179                        intptr_t arg2);
180 static bool tcg_out_sti(TCGContext *s, TCGType type, TCGArg val,
181                         TCGReg base, intptr_t ofs);
182 static void tcg_out_call(TCGContext *s, const tcg_insn_unit *target,
183                          const TCGHelperInfo *info);
184 static TCGReg tcg_target_call_oarg_reg(TCGCallReturnKind kind, int slot);
185 static bool tcg_target_const_match(int64_t val, int ct,
186                                    TCGType type, TCGCond cond, int vece);
187 
188 #ifndef CONFIG_USER_ONLY
189 #define guest_base  ({ qemu_build_not_reached(); (uintptr_t)0; })
190 #endif
191 
192 typedef struct TCGLdstHelperParam {
193     TCGReg (*ra_gen)(TCGContext *s, const TCGLabelQemuLdst *l, int arg_reg);
194     unsigned ntmp;
195     int tmp[3];
196 } TCGLdstHelperParam;
197 
198 static void tcg_out_ld_helper_args(TCGContext *s, const TCGLabelQemuLdst *l,
199                                    const TCGLdstHelperParam *p)
200     __attribute__((unused));
201 static void tcg_out_ld_helper_ret(TCGContext *s, const TCGLabelQemuLdst *l,
202                                   bool load_sign, const TCGLdstHelperParam *p)
203     __attribute__((unused));
204 static void tcg_out_st_helper_args(TCGContext *s, const TCGLabelQemuLdst *l,
205                                    const TCGLdstHelperParam *p)
206     __attribute__((unused));
207 
208 static void * const qemu_ld_helpers[MO_SSIZE + 1] __attribute__((unused)) = {
209     [MO_UB] = helper_ldub_mmu,
210     [MO_SB] = helper_ldsb_mmu,
211     [MO_UW] = helper_lduw_mmu,
212     [MO_SW] = helper_ldsw_mmu,
213     [MO_UL] = helper_ldul_mmu,
214     [MO_UQ] = helper_ldq_mmu,
215 #if TCG_TARGET_REG_BITS == 64
216     [MO_SL] = helper_ldsl_mmu,
217     [MO_128] = helper_ld16_mmu,
218 #endif
219 };
220 
221 static void * const qemu_st_helpers[MO_SIZE + 1] __attribute__((unused)) = {
222     [MO_8]  = helper_stb_mmu,
223     [MO_16] = helper_stw_mmu,
224     [MO_32] = helper_stl_mmu,
225     [MO_64] = helper_stq_mmu,
226 #if TCG_TARGET_REG_BITS == 64
227     [MO_128] = helper_st16_mmu,
228 #endif
229 };
230 
231 typedef struct {
232     MemOp atom;   /* lg2 bits of atomicity required */
233     MemOp align;  /* lg2 bits of alignment to use */
234 } TCGAtomAlign;
235 
236 static TCGAtomAlign atom_and_align_for_opc(TCGContext *s, MemOp opc,
237                                            MemOp host_atom, bool allow_two_ops)
238     __attribute__((unused));
239 
240 #ifdef CONFIG_USER_ONLY
241 bool tcg_use_softmmu;
242 #endif
243 
244 TCGContext tcg_init_ctx;
245 __thread TCGContext *tcg_ctx;
246 
247 TCGContext **tcg_ctxs;
248 unsigned int tcg_cur_ctxs;
249 unsigned int tcg_max_ctxs;
250 TCGv_env tcg_env;
251 const void *tcg_code_gen_epilogue;
252 uintptr_t tcg_splitwx_diff;
253 
254 #ifndef CONFIG_TCG_INTERPRETER
255 tcg_prologue_fn *tcg_qemu_tb_exec;
256 #endif
257 
258 static TCGRegSet tcg_target_available_regs[TCG_TYPE_COUNT];
259 static TCGRegSet tcg_target_call_clobber_regs;
260 
261 #if TCG_TARGET_INSN_UNIT_SIZE == 1
262 static __attribute__((unused)) inline void tcg_out8(TCGContext *s, uint8_t v)
263 {
264     *s->code_ptr++ = v;
265 }
266 
267 static __attribute__((unused)) inline void tcg_patch8(tcg_insn_unit *p,
268                                                       uint8_t v)
269 {
270     *p = v;
271 }
272 #endif
273 
274 #if TCG_TARGET_INSN_UNIT_SIZE <= 2
275 static __attribute__((unused)) inline void tcg_out16(TCGContext *s, uint16_t v)
276 {
277     if (TCG_TARGET_INSN_UNIT_SIZE == 2) {
278         *s->code_ptr++ = v;
279     } else {
280         tcg_insn_unit *p = s->code_ptr;
281         memcpy(p, &v, sizeof(v));
282         s->code_ptr = p + (2 / TCG_TARGET_INSN_UNIT_SIZE);
283     }
284 }
285 
286 static __attribute__((unused)) inline void tcg_patch16(tcg_insn_unit *p,
287                                                        uint16_t v)
288 {
289     if (TCG_TARGET_INSN_UNIT_SIZE == 2) {
290         *p = v;
291     } else {
292         memcpy(p, &v, sizeof(v));
293     }
294 }
295 #endif
296 
297 #if TCG_TARGET_INSN_UNIT_SIZE <= 4
298 static __attribute__((unused)) inline void tcg_out32(TCGContext *s, uint32_t v)
299 {
300     if (TCG_TARGET_INSN_UNIT_SIZE == 4) {
301         *s->code_ptr++ = v;
302     } else {
303         tcg_insn_unit *p = s->code_ptr;
304         memcpy(p, &v, sizeof(v));
305         s->code_ptr = p + (4 / TCG_TARGET_INSN_UNIT_SIZE);
306     }
307 }
308 
309 static __attribute__((unused)) inline void tcg_patch32(tcg_insn_unit *p,
310                                                        uint32_t v)
311 {
312     if (TCG_TARGET_INSN_UNIT_SIZE == 4) {
313         *p = v;
314     } else {
315         memcpy(p, &v, sizeof(v));
316     }
317 }
318 #endif
319 
320 #if TCG_TARGET_INSN_UNIT_SIZE <= 8
321 static __attribute__((unused)) inline void tcg_out64(TCGContext *s, uint64_t v)
322 {
323     if (TCG_TARGET_INSN_UNIT_SIZE == 8) {
324         *s->code_ptr++ = v;
325     } else {
326         tcg_insn_unit *p = s->code_ptr;
327         memcpy(p, &v, sizeof(v));
328         s->code_ptr = p + (8 / TCG_TARGET_INSN_UNIT_SIZE);
329     }
330 }
331 
332 static __attribute__((unused)) inline void tcg_patch64(tcg_insn_unit *p,
333                                                        uint64_t v)
334 {
335     if (TCG_TARGET_INSN_UNIT_SIZE == 8) {
336         *p = v;
337     } else {
338         memcpy(p, &v, sizeof(v));
339     }
340 }
341 #endif
342 
343 /* label relocation processing */
344 
345 static void tcg_out_reloc(TCGContext *s, tcg_insn_unit *code_ptr, int type,
346                           TCGLabel *l, intptr_t addend)
347 {
348     TCGRelocation *r = tcg_malloc(sizeof(TCGRelocation));
349 
350     r->type = type;
351     r->ptr = code_ptr;
352     r->addend = addend;
353     QSIMPLEQ_INSERT_TAIL(&l->relocs, r, next);
354 }
355 
356 static void tcg_out_label(TCGContext *s, TCGLabel *l)
357 {
358     tcg_debug_assert(!l->has_value);
359     l->has_value = 1;
360     l->u.value_ptr = tcg_splitwx_to_rx(s->code_ptr);
361 }
362 
363 TCGLabel *gen_new_label(void)
364 {
365     TCGContext *s = tcg_ctx;
366     TCGLabel *l = tcg_malloc(sizeof(TCGLabel));
367 
368     memset(l, 0, sizeof(TCGLabel));
369     l->id = s->nb_labels++;
370     QSIMPLEQ_INIT(&l->branches);
371     QSIMPLEQ_INIT(&l->relocs);
372 
373     QSIMPLEQ_INSERT_TAIL(&s->labels, l, next);
374 
375     return l;
376 }
377 
378 static bool tcg_resolve_relocs(TCGContext *s)
379 {
380     TCGLabel *l;
381 
382     QSIMPLEQ_FOREACH(l, &s->labels, next) {
383         TCGRelocation *r;
384         uintptr_t value = l->u.value;
385 
386         QSIMPLEQ_FOREACH(r, &l->relocs, next) {
387             if (!patch_reloc(r->ptr, r->type, value, r->addend)) {
388                 return false;
389             }
390         }
391     }
392     return true;
393 }
394 
395 static void set_jmp_reset_offset(TCGContext *s, int which)
396 {
397     /*
398      * We will check for overflow at the end of the opcode loop in
399      * tcg_gen_code, where we bound tcg_current_code_size to UINT16_MAX.
400      */
401     s->gen_tb->jmp_reset_offset[which] = tcg_current_code_size(s);
402 }
403 
404 static void G_GNUC_UNUSED set_jmp_insn_offset(TCGContext *s, int which)
405 {
406     /*
407      * We will check for overflow at the end of the opcode loop in
408      * tcg_gen_code, where we bound tcg_current_code_size to UINT16_MAX.
409      */
410     s->gen_tb->jmp_insn_offset[which] = tcg_current_code_size(s);
411 }
412 
413 static uintptr_t G_GNUC_UNUSED get_jmp_target_addr(TCGContext *s, int which)
414 {
415     /*
416      * Return the read-execute version of the pointer, for the benefit
417      * of any pc-relative addressing mode.
418      */
419     return (uintptr_t)tcg_splitwx_to_rx(&s->gen_tb->jmp_target_addr[which]);
420 }
421 
422 static int __attribute__((unused))
423 tlb_mask_table_ofs(TCGContext *s, int which)
424 {
425     return (offsetof(CPUNegativeOffsetState, tlb.f[which]) -
426             sizeof(CPUNegativeOffsetState));
427 }
428 
429 /* Signal overflow, starting over with fewer guest insns. */
430 static G_NORETURN
431 void tcg_raise_tb_overflow(TCGContext *s)
432 {
433     siglongjmp(s->jmp_trans, -2);
434 }
435 
436 /*
437  * Used by tcg_out_movext{1,2} to hold the arguments for tcg_out_movext.
438  * By the time we arrive at tcg_out_movext1, @dst is always a TCGReg.
439  *
440  * However, tcg_out_helper_load_slots reuses this field to hold an
441  * argument slot number (which may designate a argument register or an
442  * argument stack slot), converting to TCGReg once all arguments that
443  * are destined for the stack are processed.
444  */
445 typedef struct TCGMovExtend {
446     unsigned dst;
447     TCGReg src;
448     TCGType dst_type;
449     TCGType src_type;
450     MemOp src_ext;
451 } TCGMovExtend;
452 
453 /**
454  * tcg_out_movext -- move and extend
455  * @s: tcg context
456  * @dst_type: integral type for destination
457  * @dst: destination register
458  * @src_type: integral type for source
459  * @src_ext: extension to apply to source
460  * @src: source register
461  *
462  * Move or extend @src into @dst, depending on @src_ext and the types.
463  */
464 static void tcg_out_movext(TCGContext *s, TCGType dst_type, TCGReg dst,
465                            TCGType src_type, MemOp src_ext, TCGReg src)
466 {
467     switch (src_ext) {
468     case MO_UB:
469         tcg_out_ext8u(s, dst, src);
470         break;
471     case MO_SB:
472         tcg_out_ext8s(s, dst_type, dst, src);
473         break;
474     case MO_UW:
475         tcg_out_ext16u(s, dst, src);
476         break;
477     case MO_SW:
478         tcg_out_ext16s(s, dst_type, dst, src);
479         break;
480     case MO_UL:
481     case MO_SL:
482         if (dst_type == TCG_TYPE_I32) {
483             if (src_type == TCG_TYPE_I32) {
484                 tcg_out_mov(s, TCG_TYPE_I32, dst, src);
485             } else {
486                 tcg_out_extrl_i64_i32(s, dst, src);
487             }
488         } else if (src_type == TCG_TYPE_I32) {
489             if (src_ext & MO_SIGN) {
490                 tcg_out_exts_i32_i64(s, dst, src);
491             } else {
492                 tcg_out_extu_i32_i64(s, dst, src);
493             }
494         } else {
495             if (src_ext & MO_SIGN) {
496                 tcg_out_ext32s(s, dst, src);
497             } else {
498                 tcg_out_ext32u(s, dst, src);
499             }
500         }
501         break;
502     case MO_UQ:
503         tcg_debug_assert(TCG_TARGET_REG_BITS == 64);
504         if (dst_type == TCG_TYPE_I32) {
505             tcg_out_extrl_i64_i32(s, dst, src);
506         } else {
507             tcg_out_mov(s, TCG_TYPE_I64, dst, src);
508         }
509         break;
510     default:
511         g_assert_not_reached();
512     }
513 }
514 
515 /* Minor variations on a theme, using a structure. */
516 static void tcg_out_movext1_new_src(TCGContext *s, const TCGMovExtend *i,
517                                     TCGReg src)
518 {
519     tcg_out_movext(s, i->dst_type, i->dst, i->src_type, i->src_ext, src);
520 }
521 
522 static void tcg_out_movext1(TCGContext *s, const TCGMovExtend *i)
523 {
524     tcg_out_movext1_new_src(s, i, i->src);
525 }
526 
527 /**
528  * tcg_out_movext2 -- move and extend two pair
529  * @s: tcg context
530  * @i1: first move description
531  * @i2: second move description
532  * @scratch: temporary register, or -1 for none
533  *
534  * As tcg_out_movext, for both @i1 and @i2, caring for overlap
535  * between the sources and destinations.
536  */
537 
538 static void tcg_out_movext2(TCGContext *s, const TCGMovExtend *i1,
539                             const TCGMovExtend *i2, int scratch)
540 {
541     TCGReg src1 = i1->src;
542     TCGReg src2 = i2->src;
543 
544     if (i1->dst != src2) {
545         tcg_out_movext1(s, i1);
546         tcg_out_movext1(s, i2);
547         return;
548     }
549     if (i2->dst == src1) {
550         TCGType src1_type = i1->src_type;
551         TCGType src2_type = i2->src_type;
552 
553         if (tcg_out_xchg(s, MAX(src1_type, src2_type), src1, src2)) {
554             /* The data is now in the correct registers, now extend. */
555             src1 = i2->src;
556             src2 = i1->src;
557         } else {
558             tcg_debug_assert(scratch >= 0);
559             tcg_out_mov(s, src1_type, scratch, src1);
560             src1 = scratch;
561         }
562     }
563     tcg_out_movext1_new_src(s, i2, src2);
564     tcg_out_movext1_new_src(s, i1, src1);
565 }
566 
567 /**
568  * tcg_out_movext3 -- move and extend three pair
569  * @s: tcg context
570  * @i1: first move description
571  * @i2: second move description
572  * @i3: third move description
573  * @scratch: temporary register, or -1 for none
574  *
575  * As tcg_out_movext, for all of @i1, @i2 and @i3, caring for overlap
576  * between the sources and destinations.
577  */
578 
579 static void tcg_out_movext3(TCGContext *s, const TCGMovExtend *i1,
580                             const TCGMovExtend *i2, const TCGMovExtend *i3,
581                             int scratch)
582 {
583     TCGReg src1 = i1->src;
584     TCGReg src2 = i2->src;
585     TCGReg src3 = i3->src;
586 
587     if (i1->dst != src2 && i1->dst != src3) {
588         tcg_out_movext1(s, i1);
589         tcg_out_movext2(s, i2, i3, scratch);
590         return;
591     }
592     if (i2->dst != src1 && i2->dst != src3) {
593         tcg_out_movext1(s, i2);
594         tcg_out_movext2(s, i1, i3, scratch);
595         return;
596     }
597     if (i3->dst != src1 && i3->dst != src2) {
598         tcg_out_movext1(s, i3);
599         tcg_out_movext2(s, i1, i2, scratch);
600         return;
601     }
602 
603     /*
604      * There is a cycle.  Since there are only 3 nodes, the cycle is
605      * either "clockwise" or "anti-clockwise", and can be solved with
606      * a single scratch or two xchg.
607      */
608     if (i1->dst == src2 && i2->dst == src3 && i3->dst == src1) {
609         /* "Clockwise" */
610         if (tcg_out_xchg(s, MAX(i1->src_type, i2->src_type), src1, src2)) {
611             tcg_out_xchg(s, MAX(i2->src_type, i3->src_type), src2, src3);
612             /* The data is now in the correct registers, now extend. */
613             tcg_out_movext1_new_src(s, i1, i1->dst);
614             tcg_out_movext1_new_src(s, i2, i2->dst);
615             tcg_out_movext1_new_src(s, i3, i3->dst);
616         } else {
617             tcg_debug_assert(scratch >= 0);
618             tcg_out_mov(s, i1->src_type, scratch, src1);
619             tcg_out_movext1(s, i3);
620             tcg_out_movext1(s, i2);
621             tcg_out_movext1_new_src(s, i1, scratch);
622         }
623     } else if (i1->dst == src3 && i2->dst == src1 && i3->dst == src2) {
624         /* "Anti-clockwise" */
625         if (tcg_out_xchg(s, MAX(i2->src_type, i3->src_type), src2, src3)) {
626             tcg_out_xchg(s, MAX(i1->src_type, i2->src_type), src1, src2);
627             /* The data is now in the correct registers, now extend. */
628             tcg_out_movext1_new_src(s, i1, i1->dst);
629             tcg_out_movext1_new_src(s, i2, i2->dst);
630             tcg_out_movext1_new_src(s, i3, i3->dst);
631         } else {
632             tcg_debug_assert(scratch >= 0);
633             tcg_out_mov(s, i1->src_type, scratch, src1);
634             tcg_out_movext1(s, i2);
635             tcg_out_movext1(s, i3);
636             tcg_out_movext1_new_src(s, i1, scratch);
637         }
638     } else {
639         g_assert_not_reached();
640     }
641 }
642 
643 /*
644  * Allocate a new TCGLabelQemuLdst entry.
645  */
646 
647 __attribute__((unused))
648 static TCGLabelQemuLdst *new_ldst_label(TCGContext *s)
649 {
650     TCGLabelQemuLdst *l = tcg_malloc(sizeof(*l));
651 
652     memset(l, 0, sizeof(*l));
653     QSIMPLEQ_INSERT_TAIL(&s->ldst_labels, l, next);
654 
655     return l;
656 }
657 
658 /*
659  * Allocate new constant pool entries.
660  */
661 
662 typedef struct TCGLabelPoolData {
663     struct TCGLabelPoolData *next;
664     tcg_insn_unit *label;
665     intptr_t addend;
666     int rtype;
667     unsigned nlong;
668     tcg_target_ulong data[];
669 } TCGLabelPoolData;
670 
671 static TCGLabelPoolData *new_pool_alloc(TCGContext *s, int nlong, int rtype,
672                                         tcg_insn_unit *label, intptr_t addend)
673 {
674     TCGLabelPoolData *n = tcg_malloc(sizeof(TCGLabelPoolData)
675                                      + sizeof(tcg_target_ulong) * nlong);
676 
677     n->label = label;
678     n->addend = addend;
679     n->rtype = rtype;
680     n->nlong = nlong;
681     return n;
682 }
683 
684 static void new_pool_insert(TCGContext *s, TCGLabelPoolData *n)
685 {
686     TCGLabelPoolData *i, **pp;
687     int nlong = n->nlong;
688 
689     /* Insertion sort on the pool.  */
690     for (pp = &s->pool_labels; (i = *pp) != NULL; pp = &i->next) {
691         if (nlong > i->nlong) {
692             break;
693         }
694         if (nlong < i->nlong) {
695             continue;
696         }
697         if (memcmp(n->data, i->data, sizeof(tcg_target_ulong) * nlong) >= 0) {
698             break;
699         }
700     }
701     n->next = *pp;
702     *pp = n;
703 }
704 
705 /* The "usual" for generic integer code.  */
706 __attribute__((unused))
707 static void new_pool_label(TCGContext *s, tcg_target_ulong d, int rtype,
708                            tcg_insn_unit *label, intptr_t addend)
709 {
710     TCGLabelPoolData *n = new_pool_alloc(s, 1, rtype, label, addend);
711     n->data[0] = d;
712     new_pool_insert(s, n);
713 }
714 
715 /* For v64 or v128, depending on the host.  */
716 __attribute__((unused))
717 static void new_pool_l2(TCGContext *s, int rtype, tcg_insn_unit *label,
718                         intptr_t addend, tcg_target_ulong d0,
719                         tcg_target_ulong d1)
720 {
721     TCGLabelPoolData *n = new_pool_alloc(s, 2, rtype, label, addend);
722     n->data[0] = d0;
723     n->data[1] = d1;
724     new_pool_insert(s, n);
725 }
726 
727 /* For v128 or v256, depending on the host.  */
728 __attribute__((unused))
729 static void new_pool_l4(TCGContext *s, int rtype, tcg_insn_unit *label,
730                         intptr_t addend, tcg_target_ulong d0,
731                         tcg_target_ulong d1, tcg_target_ulong d2,
732                         tcg_target_ulong d3)
733 {
734     TCGLabelPoolData *n = new_pool_alloc(s, 4, rtype, label, addend);
735     n->data[0] = d0;
736     n->data[1] = d1;
737     n->data[2] = d2;
738     n->data[3] = d3;
739     new_pool_insert(s, n);
740 }
741 
742 /* For v256, for 32-bit host.  */
743 __attribute__((unused))
744 static void new_pool_l8(TCGContext *s, int rtype, tcg_insn_unit *label,
745                         intptr_t addend, tcg_target_ulong d0,
746                         tcg_target_ulong d1, tcg_target_ulong d2,
747                         tcg_target_ulong d3, tcg_target_ulong d4,
748                         tcg_target_ulong d5, tcg_target_ulong d6,
749                         tcg_target_ulong d7)
750 {
751     TCGLabelPoolData *n = new_pool_alloc(s, 8, rtype, label, addend);
752     n->data[0] = d0;
753     n->data[1] = d1;
754     n->data[2] = d2;
755     n->data[3] = d3;
756     n->data[4] = d4;
757     n->data[5] = d5;
758     n->data[6] = d6;
759     n->data[7] = d7;
760     new_pool_insert(s, n);
761 }
762 
763 /*
764  * Generate TB finalization at the end of block
765  */
766 
767 static int tcg_out_ldst_finalize(TCGContext *s)
768 {
769     TCGLabelQemuLdst *lb;
770 
771     /* qemu_ld/st slow paths */
772     QSIMPLEQ_FOREACH(lb, &s->ldst_labels, next) {
773         if (lb->is_ld
774             ? !tcg_out_qemu_ld_slow_path(s, lb)
775             : !tcg_out_qemu_st_slow_path(s, lb)) {
776             return -2;
777         }
778 
779         /*
780          * Test for (pending) buffer overflow.  The assumption is that any
781          * one operation beginning below the high water mark cannot overrun
782          * the buffer completely.  Thus we can test for overflow after
783          * generating code without having to check during generation.
784          */
785         if (unlikely((void *)s->code_ptr > s->code_gen_highwater)) {
786             return -1;
787         }
788     }
789     return 0;
790 }
791 
792 static int tcg_out_pool_finalize(TCGContext *s)
793 {
794     TCGLabelPoolData *p = s->pool_labels;
795     TCGLabelPoolData *l = NULL;
796     void *a;
797 
798     if (p == NULL) {
799         return 0;
800     }
801 
802     /*
803      * ??? Round up to qemu_icache_linesize, but then do not round
804      * again when allocating the next TranslationBlock structure.
805      */
806     a = (void *)ROUND_UP((uintptr_t)s->code_ptr,
807                          sizeof(tcg_target_ulong) * p->nlong);
808     tcg_out_nop_fill(s->code_ptr, (tcg_insn_unit *)a - s->code_ptr);
809     s->data_gen_ptr = a;
810 
811     for (; p != NULL; p = p->next) {
812         size_t size = sizeof(tcg_target_ulong) * p->nlong;
813         uintptr_t value;
814 
815         if (!l || l->nlong != p->nlong || memcmp(l->data, p->data, size)) {
816             if (unlikely(a > s->code_gen_highwater)) {
817                 return -1;
818             }
819             memcpy(a, p->data, size);
820             a += size;
821             l = p;
822         }
823 
824         value = (uintptr_t)tcg_splitwx_to_rx(a) - size;
825         if (!patch_reloc(p->label, p->rtype, value, p->addend)) {
826             return -2;
827         }
828     }
829 
830     s->code_ptr = a;
831     return 0;
832 }
833 
834 #define C_PFX1(P, A)                    P##A
835 #define C_PFX2(P, A, B)                 P##A##_##B
836 #define C_PFX3(P, A, B, C)              P##A##_##B##_##C
837 #define C_PFX4(P, A, B, C, D)           P##A##_##B##_##C##_##D
838 #define C_PFX5(P, A, B, C, D, E)        P##A##_##B##_##C##_##D##_##E
839 #define C_PFX6(P, A, B, C, D, E, F)     P##A##_##B##_##C##_##D##_##E##_##F
840 
841 /* Define an enumeration for the various combinations. */
842 
843 #define C_O0_I1(I1)                     C_PFX1(c_o0_i1_, I1),
844 #define C_O0_I2(I1, I2)                 C_PFX2(c_o0_i2_, I1, I2),
845 #define C_O0_I3(I1, I2, I3)             C_PFX3(c_o0_i3_, I1, I2, I3),
846 #define C_O0_I4(I1, I2, I3, I4)         C_PFX4(c_o0_i4_, I1, I2, I3, I4),
847 
848 #define C_O1_I1(O1, I1)                 C_PFX2(c_o1_i1_, O1, I1),
849 #define C_O1_I2(O1, I1, I2)             C_PFX3(c_o1_i2_, O1, I1, I2),
850 #define C_O1_I3(O1, I1, I2, I3)         C_PFX4(c_o1_i3_, O1, I1, I2, I3),
851 #define C_O1_I4(O1, I1, I2, I3, I4)     C_PFX5(c_o1_i4_, O1, I1, I2, I3, I4),
852 
853 #define C_N1_I2(O1, I1, I2)             C_PFX3(c_n1_i2_, O1, I1, I2),
854 #define C_N1O1_I1(O1, O2, I1)           C_PFX3(c_n1o1_i1_, O1, O2, I1),
855 #define C_N2_I1(O1, O2, I1)             C_PFX3(c_n2_i1_, O1, O2, I1),
856 
857 #define C_O2_I1(O1, O2, I1)             C_PFX3(c_o2_i1_, O1, O2, I1),
858 #define C_O2_I2(O1, O2, I1, I2)         C_PFX4(c_o2_i2_, O1, O2, I1, I2),
859 #define C_O2_I3(O1, O2, I1, I2, I3)     C_PFX5(c_o2_i3_, O1, O2, I1, I2, I3),
860 #define C_O2_I4(O1, O2, I1, I2, I3, I4) C_PFX6(c_o2_i4_, O1, O2, I1, I2, I3, I4),
861 #define C_N1_O1_I4(O1, O2, I1, I2, I3, I4) C_PFX6(c_n1_o1_i4_, O1, O2, I1, I2, I3, I4),
862 
863 typedef enum {
864     C_Dynamic = -2,
865     C_NotImplemented = -1,
866 #include "tcg-target-con-set.h"
867 } TCGConstraintSetIndex;
868 
869 static TCGConstraintSetIndex tcg_target_op_def(TCGOpcode, TCGType, unsigned);
870 
871 #undef C_O0_I1
872 #undef C_O0_I2
873 #undef C_O0_I3
874 #undef C_O0_I4
875 #undef C_O1_I1
876 #undef C_O1_I2
877 #undef C_O1_I3
878 #undef C_O1_I4
879 #undef C_N1_I2
880 #undef C_N1O1_I1
881 #undef C_N2_I1
882 #undef C_O2_I1
883 #undef C_O2_I2
884 #undef C_O2_I3
885 #undef C_O2_I4
886 #undef C_N1_O1_I4
887 
888 /* Put all of the constraint sets into an array, indexed by the enum. */
889 
890 typedef struct TCGConstraintSet {
891     uint8_t nb_oargs, nb_iargs;
892     const char *args_ct_str[TCG_MAX_OP_ARGS];
893 } TCGConstraintSet;
894 
895 #define C_O0_I1(I1)                     { 0, 1, { #I1 } },
896 #define C_O0_I2(I1, I2)                 { 0, 2, { #I1, #I2 } },
897 #define C_O0_I3(I1, I2, I3)             { 0, 3, { #I1, #I2, #I3 } },
898 #define C_O0_I4(I1, I2, I3, I4)         { 0, 4, { #I1, #I2, #I3, #I4 } },
899 
900 #define C_O1_I1(O1, I1)                 { 1, 1, { #O1, #I1 } },
901 #define C_O1_I2(O1, I1, I2)             { 1, 2, { #O1, #I1, #I2 } },
902 #define C_O1_I3(O1, I1, I2, I3)         { 1, 3, { #O1, #I1, #I2, #I3 } },
903 #define C_O1_I4(O1, I1, I2, I3, I4)     { 1, 4, { #O1, #I1, #I2, #I3, #I4 } },
904 
905 #define C_N1_I2(O1, I1, I2)             { 1, 2, { "&" #O1, #I1, #I2 } },
906 #define C_N1O1_I1(O1, O2, I1)           { 2, 1, { "&" #O1, #O2, #I1 } },
907 #define C_N2_I1(O1, O2, I1)             { 2, 1, { "&" #O1, "&" #O2, #I1 } },
908 
909 #define C_O2_I1(O1, O2, I1)             { 2, 1, { #O1, #O2, #I1 } },
910 #define C_O2_I2(O1, O2, I1, I2)         { 2, 2, { #O1, #O2, #I1, #I2 } },
911 #define C_O2_I3(O1, O2, I1, I2, I3)     { 2, 3, { #O1, #O2, #I1, #I2, #I3 } },
912 #define C_O2_I4(O1, O2, I1, I2, I3, I4) { 2, 4, { #O1, #O2, #I1, #I2, #I3, #I4 } },
913 #define C_N1_O1_I4(O1, O2, I1, I2, I3, I4) { 2, 4, { "&" #O1, #O2, #I1, #I2, #I3, #I4 } },
914 
915 static const TCGConstraintSet constraint_sets[] = {
916 #include "tcg-target-con-set.h"
917 };
918 
919 #undef C_O0_I1
920 #undef C_O0_I2
921 #undef C_O0_I3
922 #undef C_O0_I4
923 #undef C_O1_I1
924 #undef C_O1_I2
925 #undef C_O1_I3
926 #undef C_O1_I4
927 #undef C_N1_I2
928 #undef C_N1O1_I1
929 #undef C_N2_I1
930 #undef C_O2_I1
931 #undef C_O2_I2
932 #undef C_O2_I3
933 #undef C_O2_I4
934 #undef C_N1_O1_I4
935 
936 /* Expand the enumerator to be returned from tcg_target_op_def(). */
937 
938 #define C_O0_I1(I1)                     C_PFX1(c_o0_i1_, I1)
939 #define C_O0_I2(I1, I2)                 C_PFX2(c_o0_i2_, I1, I2)
940 #define C_O0_I3(I1, I2, I3)             C_PFX3(c_o0_i3_, I1, I2, I3)
941 #define C_O0_I4(I1, I2, I3, I4)         C_PFX4(c_o0_i4_, I1, I2, I3, I4)
942 
943 #define C_O1_I1(O1, I1)                 C_PFX2(c_o1_i1_, O1, I1)
944 #define C_O1_I2(O1, I1, I2)             C_PFX3(c_o1_i2_, O1, I1, I2)
945 #define C_O1_I3(O1, I1, I2, I3)         C_PFX4(c_o1_i3_, O1, I1, I2, I3)
946 #define C_O1_I4(O1, I1, I2, I3, I4)     C_PFX5(c_o1_i4_, O1, I1, I2, I3, I4)
947 
948 #define C_N1_I2(O1, I1, I2)             C_PFX3(c_n1_i2_, O1, I1, I2)
949 #define C_N1O1_I1(O1, O2, I1)           C_PFX3(c_n1o1_i1_, O1, O2, I1)
950 #define C_N2_I1(O1, O2, I1)             C_PFX3(c_n2_i1_, O1, O2, I1)
951 
952 #define C_O2_I1(O1, O2, I1)             C_PFX3(c_o2_i1_, O1, O2, I1)
953 #define C_O2_I2(O1, O2, I1, I2)         C_PFX4(c_o2_i2_, O1, O2, I1, I2)
954 #define C_O2_I3(O1, O2, I1, I2, I3)     C_PFX5(c_o2_i3_, O1, O2, I1, I2, I3)
955 #define C_O2_I4(O1, O2, I1, I2, I3, I4) C_PFX6(c_o2_i4_, O1, O2, I1, I2, I3, I4)
956 #define C_N1_O1_I4(O1, O2, I1, I2, I3, I4) C_PFX6(c_n1_o1_i4_, O1, O2, I1, I2, I3, I4)
957 
958 /*
959  * TCGOutOp is the base class for a set of structures that describe how
960  * to generate code for a given TCGOpcode.
961  *
962  * @static_constraint:
963  *   C_NotImplemented: The TCGOpcode is not supported by the backend.
964  *   C_Dynamic:        Use @dynamic_constraint to select a constraint set
965  *                     based on any of @type, @flags, or host isa.
966  *   Otherwise:        The register allocation constrains for the TCGOpcode.
967  *
968  * Subclasses of TCGOutOp will define a set of output routines that may
969  * be used.  Such routines will often be selected by the set of registers
970  * and constants that come out of register allocation.  The set of
971  * routines that are provided will guide the set of constraints that are
972  * legal.  In particular, assume that tcg_optimize() has done its job in
973  * swapping commutative operands and folding operations for which all
974  * operands are constant.
975  */
976 typedef struct TCGOutOp {
977     TCGConstraintSetIndex static_constraint;
978     TCGConstraintSetIndex (*dynamic_constraint)(TCGType type, unsigned flags);
979 } TCGOutOp;
980 
981 typedef struct TCGOutOpBinary {
982     TCGOutOp base;
983     void (*out_rrr)(TCGContext *s, TCGType type,
984                     TCGReg a0, TCGReg a1, TCGReg a2);
985     void (*out_rri)(TCGContext *s, TCGType type,
986                     TCGReg a0, TCGReg a1, tcg_target_long a2);
987 } TCGOutOpBinary;
988 
989 typedef struct TCGOutOpBrcond {
990     TCGOutOp base;
991     void (*out_rr)(TCGContext *s, TCGType type, TCGCond cond,
992                    TCGReg a1, TCGReg a2, TCGLabel *label);
993     void (*out_ri)(TCGContext *s, TCGType type, TCGCond cond,
994                    TCGReg a1, tcg_target_long a2, TCGLabel *label);
995 } TCGOutOpBrcond;
996 
997 typedef struct TCGOutOpBrcond2 {
998     TCGOutOp base;
999     void (*out)(TCGContext *s, TCGCond cond, TCGReg al, TCGReg ah,
1000                 TCGArg bl, bool const_bl,
1001                 TCGArg bh, bool const_bh, TCGLabel *l);
1002 } TCGOutOpBrcond2;
1003 
1004 typedef struct TCGOutOpBswap {
1005     TCGOutOp base;
1006     void (*out_rr)(TCGContext *s, TCGType type,
1007                    TCGReg a0, TCGReg a1, unsigned flags);
1008 } TCGOutOpBswap;
1009 
1010 typedef struct TCGOutOpDeposit {
1011     TCGOutOp base;
1012     void (*out_rrr)(TCGContext *s, TCGType type, TCGReg a0, TCGReg a1,
1013                     TCGReg a2, unsigned ofs, unsigned len);
1014     void (*out_rri)(TCGContext *s, TCGType type, TCGReg a0, TCGReg a1,
1015                     tcg_target_long a2, unsigned ofs, unsigned len);
1016     void (*out_rzr)(TCGContext *s, TCGType type, TCGReg a0,
1017                     TCGReg a2, unsigned ofs, unsigned len);
1018 } TCGOutOpDeposit;
1019 
1020 typedef struct TCGOutOpDivRem {
1021     TCGOutOp base;
1022     void (*out_rr01r)(TCGContext *s, TCGType type,
1023                       TCGReg a0, TCGReg a1, TCGReg a4);
1024 } TCGOutOpDivRem;
1025 
1026 typedef struct TCGOutOpExtract {
1027     TCGOutOp base;
1028     void (*out_rr)(TCGContext *s, TCGType type, TCGReg a0, TCGReg a1,
1029                    unsigned ofs, unsigned len);
1030 } TCGOutOpExtract;
1031 
1032 typedef struct TCGOutOpExtract2 {
1033     TCGOutOp base;
1034     void (*out_rrr)(TCGContext *s, TCGType type, TCGReg a0, TCGReg a1,
1035                     TCGReg a2, unsigned shr);
1036 } TCGOutOpExtract2;
1037 
1038 typedef struct TCGOutOpMovcond {
1039     TCGOutOp base;
1040     void (*out)(TCGContext *s, TCGType type, TCGCond cond,
1041                 TCGReg ret, TCGReg c1, TCGArg c2, bool const_c2,
1042                 TCGArg vt, bool const_vt, TCGArg vf, bool consf_vf);
1043 } TCGOutOpMovcond;
1044 
1045 typedef struct TCGOutOpMul2 {
1046     TCGOutOp base;
1047     void (*out_rrrr)(TCGContext *s, TCGType type,
1048                      TCGReg a0, TCGReg a1, TCGReg a2, TCGReg a3);
1049 } TCGOutOpMul2;
1050 
1051 typedef struct TCGOutOpUnary {
1052     TCGOutOp base;
1053     void (*out_rr)(TCGContext *s, TCGType type, TCGReg a0, TCGReg a1);
1054 } TCGOutOpUnary;
1055 
1056 typedef struct TCGOutOpSetcond {
1057     TCGOutOp base;
1058     void (*out_rrr)(TCGContext *s, TCGType type, TCGCond cond,
1059                     TCGReg ret, TCGReg a1, TCGReg a2);
1060     void (*out_rri)(TCGContext *s, TCGType type, TCGCond cond,
1061                     TCGReg ret, TCGReg a1, tcg_target_long a2);
1062 } TCGOutOpSetcond;
1063 
1064 typedef struct TCGOutOpSetcond2 {
1065     TCGOutOp base;
1066     void (*out)(TCGContext *s, TCGCond cond, TCGReg ret, TCGReg al, TCGReg ah,
1067                 TCGArg bl, bool const_bl, TCGArg bh, bool const_bh);
1068 } TCGOutOpSetcond2;
1069 
1070 typedef struct TCGOutOpSubtract {
1071     TCGOutOp base;
1072     void (*out_rrr)(TCGContext *s, TCGType type,
1073                     TCGReg a0, TCGReg a1, TCGReg a2);
1074     void (*out_rir)(TCGContext *s, TCGType type,
1075                     TCGReg a0, tcg_target_long a1, TCGReg a2);
1076 } TCGOutOpSubtract;
1077 
1078 #include "tcg-target.c.inc"
1079 
1080 #ifndef CONFIG_TCG_INTERPRETER
1081 /* Validate CPUTLBDescFast placement. */
1082 QEMU_BUILD_BUG_ON((int)(offsetof(CPUNegativeOffsetState, tlb.f[0]) -
1083                         sizeof(CPUNegativeOffsetState))
1084                   < MIN_TLB_MASK_TABLE_OFS);
1085 #endif
1086 
1087 #if TCG_TARGET_REG_BITS == 64
1088 /*
1089  * We require these functions for slow-path function calls.
1090  * Adapt them generically for opcode output.
1091  */
1092 
1093 static void tgen_exts_i32_i64(TCGContext *s, TCGType t, TCGReg a0, TCGReg a1)
1094 {
1095     tcg_out_exts_i32_i64(s, a0, a1);
1096 }
1097 
1098 static const TCGOutOpUnary outop_exts_i32_i64 = {
1099     .base.static_constraint = C_O1_I1(r, r),
1100     .out_rr = tgen_exts_i32_i64,
1101 };
1102 
1103 static void tgen_extu_i32_i64(TCGContext *s, TCGType t, TCGReg a0, TCGReg a1)
1104 {
1105     tcg_out_extu_i32_i64(s, a0, a1);
1106 }
1107 
1108 static const TCGOutOpUnary outop_extu_i32_i64 = {
1109     .base.static_constraint = C_O1_I1(r, r),
1110     .out_rr = tgen_extu_i32_i64,
1111 };
1112 
1113 static void tgen_extrl_i64_i32(TCGContext *s, TCGType t, TCGReg a0, TCGReg a1)
1114 {
1115     tcg_out_extrl_i64_i32(s, a0, a1);
1116 }
1117 
1118 static const TCGOutOpUnary outop_extrl_i64_i32 = {
1119     .base.static_constraint = C_O1_I1(r, r),
1120     .out_rr = TCG_TARGET_HAS_extr_i64_i32 ? tgen_extrl_i64_i32 : NULL,
1121 };
1122 #endif
1123 
1124 /*
1125  * Register V as the TCGOutOp for O.
1126  * This verifies that V is of type T, otherwise give a nice compiler error.
1127  * This prevents trivial mistakes within each arch/tcg-target.c.inc.
1128  */
1129 #define OUTOP(O, T, V)  [O] = _Generic(V, T: &V.base)
1130 
1131 /* Register allocation descriptions for every TCGOpcode. */
1132 static const TCGOutOp * const all_outop[NB_OPS] = {
1133     OUTOP(INDEX_op_add, TCGOutOpBinary, outop_add),
1134     OUTOP(INDEX_op_and, TCGOutOpBinary, outop_and),
1135     OUTOP(INDEX_op_andc, TCGOutOpBinary, outop_andc),
1136     OUTOP(INDEX_op_brcond, TCGOutOpBrcond, outop_brcond),
1137     OUTOP(INDEX_op_bswap16, TCGOutOpBswap, outop_bswap16),
1138     OUTOP(INDEX_op_bswap32, TCGOutOpBswap, outop_bswap32),
1139     OUTOP(INDEX_op_clz, TCGOutOpBinary, outop_clz),
1140     OUTOP(INDEX_op_ctpop, TCGOutOpUnary, outop_ctpop),
1141     OUTOP(INDEX_op_ctz, TCGOutOpBinary, outop_ctz),
1142     OUTOP(INDEX_op_deposit, TCGOutOpDeposit, outop_deposit),
1143     OUTOP(INDEX_op_divs, TCGOutOpBinary, outop_divs),
1144     OUTOP(INDEX_op_divu, TCGOutOpBinary, outop_divu),
1145     OUTOP(INDEX_op_divs2, TCGOutOpDivRem, outop_divs2),
1146     OUTOP(INDEX_op_divu2, TCGOutOpDivRem, outop_divu2),
1147     OUTOP(INDEX_op_eqv, TCGOutOpBinary, outop_eqv),
1148     OUTOP(INDEX_op_extract, TCGOutOpExtract, outop_extract),
1149     OUTOP(INDEX_op_extract2, TCGOutOpExtract2, outop_extract2),
1150     OUTOP(INDEX_op_movcond, TCGOutOpMovcond, outop_movcond),
1151     OUTOP(INDEX_op_mul, TCGOutOpBinary, outop_mul),
1152     OUTOP(INDEX_op_muls2, TCGOutOpMul2, outop_muls2),
1153     OUTOP(INDEX_op_mulsh, TCGOutOpBinary, outop_mulsh),
1154     OUTOP(INDEX_op_mulu2, TCGOutOpMul2, outop_mulu2),
1155     OUTOP(INDEX_op_muluh, TCGOutOpBinary, outop_muluh),
1156     OUTOP(INDEX_op_nand, TCGOutOpBinary, outop_nand),
1157     OUTOP(INDEX_op_neg, TCGOutOpUnary, outop_neg),
1158     OUTOP(INDEX_op_negsetcond, TCGOutOpSetcond, outop_negsetcond),
1159     OUTOP(INDEX_op_nor, TCGOutOpBinary, outop_nor),
1160     OUTOP(INDEX_op_not, TCGOutOpUnary, outop_not),
1161     OUTOP(INDEX_op_or, TCGOutOpBinary, outop_or),
1162     OUTOP(INDEX_op_orc, TCGOutOpBinary, outop_orc),
1163     OUTOP(INDEX_op_rems, TCGOutOpBinary, outop_rems),
1164     OUTOP(INDEX_op_remu, TCGOutOpBinary, outop_remu),
1165     OUTOP(INDEX_op_rotl, TCGOutOpBinary, outop_rotl),
1166     OUTOP(INDEX_op_rotr, TCGOutOpBinary, outop_rotr),
1167     OUTOP(INDEX_op_sar, TCGOutOpBinary, outop_sar),
1168     OUTOP(INDEX_op_setcond, TCGOutOpSetcond, outop_setcond),
1169     OUTOP(INDEX_op_sextract, TCGOutOpExtract, outop_sextract),
1170     OUTOP(INDEX_op_shl, TCGOutOpBinary, outop_shl),
1171     OUTOP(INDEX_op_shr, TCGOutOpBinary, outop_shr),
1172     OUTOP(INDEX_op_sub, TCGOutOpSubtract, outop_sub),
1173     OUTOP(INDEX_op_xor, TCGOutOpBinary, outop_xor),
1174 
1175 #if TCG_TARGET_REG_BITS == 32
1176     OUTOP(INDEX_op_brcond2_i32, TCGOutOpBrcond2, outop_brcond2),
1177     OUTOP(INDEX_op_setcond2_i32, TCGOutOpSetcond2, outop_setcond2),
1178 #else
1179     OUTOP(INDEX_op_bswap64, TCGOutOpUnary, outop_bswap64),
1180     OUTOP(INDEX_op_ext_i32_i64, TCGOutOpUnary, outop_exts_i32_i64),
1181     OUTOP(INDEX_op_extu_i32_i64, TCGOutOpUnary, outop_extu_i32_i64),
1182     OUTOP(INDEX_op_extrl_i64_i32, TCGOutOpUnary, outop_extrl_i64_i32),
1183     OUTOP(INDEX_op_extrh_i64_i32, TCGOutOpUnary, outop_extrh_i64_i32),
1184 #endif
1185 };
1186 
1187 #undef OUTOP
1188 
1189 /*
1190  * All TCG threads except the parent (i.e. the one that called tcg_context_init
1191  * and registered the target's TCG globals) must register with this function
1192  * before initiating translation.
1193  *
1194  * In user-mode we just point tcg_ctx to tcg_init_ctx. See the documentation
1195  * of tcg_region_init() for the reasoning behind this.
1196  *
1197  * In system-mode each caller registers its context in tcg_ctxs[]. Note that in
1198  * system-mode tcg_ctxs[] does not track tcg_ctx_init, since the initial context
1199  * is not used anymore for translation once this function is called.
1200  *
1201  * Not tracking tcg_init_ctx in tcg_ctxs[] in system-mode keeps code that
1202  * iterates over the array (e.g. tcg_code_size() the same for both system/user
1203  * modes.
1204  */
1205 #ifdef CONFIG_USER_ONLY
1206 void tcg_register_thread(void)
1207 {
1208     tcg_ctx = &tcg_init_ctx;
1209 }
1210 #else
1211 void tcg_register_thread(void)
1212 {
1213     TCGContext *s = g_malloc(sizeof(*s));
1214     unsigned int i, n;
1215 
1216     *s = tcg_init_ctx;
1217 
1218     /* Relink mem_base.  */
1219     for (i = 0, n = tcg_init_ctx.nb_globals; i < n; ++i) {
1220         if (tcg_init_ctx.temps[i].mem_base) {
1221             ptrdiff_t b = tcg_init_ctx.temps[i].mem_base - tcg_init_ctx.temps;
1222             tcg_debug_assert(b >= 0 && b < n);
1223             s->temps[i].mem_base = &s->temps[b];
1224         }
1225     }
1226 
1227     /* Claim an entry in tcg_ctxs */
1228     n = qatomic_fetch_inc(&tcg_cur_ctxs);
1229     g_assert(n < tcg_max_ctxs);
1230     qatomic_set(&tcg_ctxs[n], s);
1231 
1232     if (n > 0) {
1233         tcg_region_initial_alloc(s);
1234     }
1235 
1236     tcg_ctx = s;
1237 }
1238 #endif /* !CONFIG_USER_ONLY */
1239 
1240 /* pool based memory allocation */
1241 void *tcg_malloc_internal(TCGContext *s, int size)
1242 {
1243     TCGPool *p;
1244     int pool_size;
1245 
1246     if (size > TCG_POOL_CHUNK_SIZE) {
1247         /* big malloc: insert a new pool (XXX: could optimize) */
1248         p = g_malloc(sizeof(TCGPool) + size);
1249         p->size = size;
1250         p->next = s->pool_first_large;
1251         s->pool_first_large = p;
1252         return p->data;
1253     } else {
1254         p = s->pool_current;
1255         if (!p) {
1256             p = s->pool_first;
1257             if (!p)
1258                 goto new_pool;
1259         } else {
1260             if (!p->next) {
1261             new_pool:
1262                 pool_size = TCG_POOL_CHUNK_SIZE;
1263                 p = g_malloc(sizeof(TCGPool) + pool_size);
1264                 p->size = pool_size;
1265                 p->next = NULL;
1266                 if (s->pool_current) {
1267                     s->pool_current->next = p;
1268                 } else {
1269                     s->pool_first = p;
1270                 }
1271             } else {
1272                 p = p->next;
1273             }
1274         }
1275     }
1276     s->pool_current = p;
1277     s->pool_cur = p->data + size;
1278     s->pool_end = p->data + p->size;
1279     return p->data;
1280 }
1281 
1282 void tcg_pool_reset(TCGContext *s)
1283 {
1284     TCGPool *p, *t;
1285     for (p = s->pool_first_large; p; p = t) {
1286         t = p->next;
1287         g_free(p);
1288     }
1289     s->pool_first_large = NULL;
1290     s->pool_cur = s->pool_end = NULL;
1291     s->pool_current = NULL;
1292 }
1293 
1294 /*
1295  * Create TCGHelperInfo structures for "tcg/tcg-ldst.h" functions,
1296  * akin to what "exec/helper-tcg.h" does with DEF_HELPER_FLAGS_N.
1297  * We only use these for layout in tcg_out_ld_helper_ret and
1298  * tcg_out_st_helper_args, and share them between several of
1299  * the helpers, with the end result that it's easier to build manually.
1300  */
1301 
1302 #if TCG_TARGET_REG_BITS == 32
1303 # define dh_typecode_ttl  dh_typecode_i32
1304 #else
1305 # define dh_typecode_ttl  dh_typecode_i64
1306 #endif
1307 
1308 static TCGHelperInfo info_helper_ld32_mmu = {
1309     .flags = TCG_CALL_NO_WG,
1310     .typemask = dh_typemask(ttl, 0)  /* return tcg_target_ulong */
1311               | dh_typemask(env, 1)
1312               | dh_typemask(i64, 2)  /* uint64_t addr */
1313               | dh_typemask(i32, 3)  /* unsigned oi */
1314               | dh_typemask(ptr, 4)  /* uintptr_t ra */
1315 };
1316 
1317 static TCGHelperInfo info_helper_ld64_mmu = {
1318     .flags = TCG_CALL_NO_WG,
1319     .typemask = dh_typemask(i64, 0)  /* return uint64_t */
1320               | dh_typemask(env, 1)
1321               | dh_typemask(i64, 2)  /* uint64_t addr */
1322               | dh_typemask(i32, 3)  /* unsigned oi */
1323               | dh_typemask(ptr, 4)  /* uintptr_t ra */
1324 };
1325 
1326 static TCGHelperInfo info_helper_ld128_mmu = {
1327     .flags = TCG_CALL_NO_WG,
1328     .typemask = dh_typemask(i128, 0) /* return Int128 */
1329               | dh_typemask(env, 1)
1330               | dh_typemask(i64, 2)  /* uint64_t addr */
1331               | dh_typemask(i32, 3)  /* unsigned oi */
1332               | dh_typemask(ptr, 4)  /* uintptr_t ra */
1333 };
1334 
1335 static TCGHelperInfo info_helper_st32_mmu = {
1336     .flags = TCG_CALL_NO_WG,
1337     .typemask = dh_typemask(void, 0)
1338               | dh_typemask(env, 1)
1339               | dh_typemask(i64, 2)  /* uint64_t addr */
1340               | dh_typemask(i32, 3)  /* uint32_t data */
1341               | dh_typemask(i32, 4)  /* unsigned oi */
1342               | dh_typemask(ptr, 5)  /* uintptr_t ra */
1343 };
1344 
1345 static TCGHelperInfo info_helper_st64_mmu = {
1346     .flags = TCG_CALL_NO_WG,
1347     .typemask = dh_typemask(void, 0)
1348               | dh_typemask(env, 1)
1349               | dh_typemask(i64, 2)  /* uint64_t addr */
1350               | dh_typemask(i64, 3)  /* uint64_t data */
1351               | dh_typemask(i32, 4)  /* unsigned oi */
1352               | dh_typemask(ptr, 5)  /* uintptr_t ra */
1353 };
1354 
1355 static TCGHelperInfo info_helper_st128_mmu = {
1356     .flags = TCG_CALL_NO_WG,
1357     .typemask = dh_typemask(void, 0)
1358               | dh_typemask(env, 1)
1359               | dh_typemask(i64, 2)  /* uint64_t addr */
1360               | dh_typemask(i128, 3) /* Int128 data */
1361               | dh_typemask(i32, 4)  /* unsigned oi */
1362               | dh_typemask(ptr, 5)  /* uintptr_t ra */
1363 };
1364 
1365 #ifdef CONFIG_TCG_INTERPRETER
1366 static ffi_type *typecode_to_ffi(int argmask)
1367 {
1368     /*
1369      * libffi does not support __int128_t, so we have forced Int128
1370      * to use the structure definition instead of the builtin type.
1371      */
1372     static ffi_type *ffi_type_i128_elements[3] = {
1373         &ffi_type_uint64,
1374         &ffi_type_uint64,
1375         NULL
1376     };
1377     static ffi_type ffi_type_i128 = {
1378         .size = 16,
1379         .alignment = __alignof__(Int128),
1380         .type = FFI_TYPE_STRUCT,
1381         .elements = ffi_type_i128_elements,
1382     };
1383 
1384     switch (argmask) {
1385     case dh_typecode_void:
1386         return &ffi_type_void;
1387     case dh_typecode_i32:
1388         return &ffi_type_uint32;
1389     case dh_typecode_s32:
1390         return &ffi_type_sint32;
1391     case dh_typecode_i64:
1392         return &ffi_type_uint64;
1393     case dh_typecode_s64:
1394         return &ffi_type_sint64;
1395     case dh_typecode_ptr:
1396         return &ffi_type_pointer;
1397     case dh_typecode_i128:
1398         return &ffi_type_i128;
1399     }
1400     g_assert_not_reached();
1401 }
1402 
1403 static ffi_cif *init_ffi_layout(TCGHelperInfo *info)
1404 {
1405     unsigned typemask = info->typemask;
1406     struct {
1407         ffi_cif cif;
1408         ffi_type *args[];
1409     } *ca;
1410     ffi_status status;
1411     int nargs;
1412 
1413     /* Ignoring the return type, find the last non-zero field. */
1414     nargs = 32 - clz32(typemask >> 3);
1415     nargs = DIV_ROUND_UP(nargs, 3);
1416     assert(nargs <= MAX_CALL_IARGS);
1417 
1418     ca = g_malloc0(sizeof(*ca) + nargs * sizeof(ffi_type *));
1419     ca->cif.rtype = typecode_to_ffi(typemask & 7);
1420     ca->cif.nargs = nargs;
1421 
1422     if (nargs != 0) {
1423         ca->cif.arg_types = ca->args;
1424         for (int j = 0; j < nargs; ++j) {
1425             int typecode = extract32(typemask, (j + 1) * 3, 3);
1426             ca->args[j] = typecode_to_ffi(typecode);
1427         }
1428     }
1429 
1430     status = ffi_prep_cif(&ca->cif, FFI_DEFAULT_ABI, nargs,
1431                           ca->cif.rtype, ca->cif.arg_types);
1432     assert(status == FFI_OK);
1433 
1434     return &ca->cif;
1435 }
1436 
1437 #define HELPER_INFO_INIT(I)      (&(I)->cif)
1438 #define HELPER_INFO_INIT_VAL(I)  init_ffi_layout(I)
1439 #else
1440 #define HELPER_INFO_INIT(I)      (&(I)->init)
1441 #define HELPER_INFO_INIT_VAL(I)  1
1442 #endif /* CONFIG_TCG_INTERPRETER */
1443 
1444 static inline bool arg_slot_reg_p(unsigned arg_slot)
1445 {
1446     /*
1447      * Split the sizeof away from the comparison to avoid Werror from
1448      * "unsigned < 0 is always false", when iarg_regs is empty.
1449      */
1450     unsigned nreg = ARRAY_SIZE(tcg_target_call_iarg_regs);
1451     return arg_slot < nreg;
1452 }
1453 
1454 static inline int arg_slot_stk_ofs(unsigned arg_slot)
1455 {
1456     unsigned max = TCG_STATIC_CALL_ARGS_SIZE / sizeof(tcg_target_long);
1457     unsigned stk_slot = arg_slot - ARRAY_SIZE(tcg_target_call_iarg_regs);
1458 
1459     tcg_debug_assert(stk_slot < max);
1460     return TCG_TARGET_CALL_STACK_OFFSET + stk_slot * sizeof(tcg_target_long);
1461 }
1462 
1463 typedef struct TCGCumulativeArgs {
1464     int arg_idx;                /* tcg_gen_callN args[] */
1465     int info_in_idx;            /* TCGHelperInfo in[] */
1466     int arg_slot;               /* regs+stack slot */
1467     int ref_slot;               /* stack slots for references */
1468 } TCGCumulativeArgs;
1469 
1470 static void layout_arg_even(TCGCumulativeArgs *cum)
1471 {
1472     cum->arg_slot += cum->arg_slot & 1;
1473 }
1474 
1475 static void layout_arg_1(TCGCumulativeArgs *cum, TCGHelperInfo *info,
1476                          TCGCallArgumentKind kind)
1477 {
1478     TCGCallArgumentLoc *loc = &info->in[cum->info_in_idx];
1479 
1480     *loc = (TCGCallArgumentLoc){
1481         .kind = kind,
1482         .arg_idx = cum->arg_idx,
1483         .arg_slot = cum->arg_slot,
1484     };
1485     cum->info_in_idx++;
1486     cum->arg_slot++;
1487 }
1488 
1489 static void layout_arg_normal_n(TCGCumulativeArgs *cum,
1490                                 TCGHelperInfo *info, int n)
1491 {
1492     TCGCallArgumentLoc *loc = &info->in[cum->info_in_idx];
1493 
1494     for (int i = 0; i < n; ++i) {
1495         /* Layout all using the same arg_idx, adjusting the subindex. */
1496         loc[i] = (TCGCallArgumentLoc){
1497             .kind = TCG_CALL_ARG_NORMAL,
1498             .arg_idx = cum->arg_idx,
1499             .tmp_subindex = i,
1500             .arg_slot = cum->arg_slot + i,
1501         };
1502     }
1503     cum->info_in_idx += n;
1504     cum->arg_slot += n;
1505 }
1506 
1507 static void layout_arg_by_ref(TCGCumulativeArgs *cum, TCGHelperInfo *info)
1508 {
1509     TCGCallArgumentLoc *loc = &info->in[cum->info_in_idx];
1510     int n = 128 / TCG_TARGET_REG_BITS;
1511 
1512     /* The first subindex carries the pointer. */
1513     layout_arg_1(cum, info, TCG_CALL_ARG_BY_REF);
1514 
1515     /*
1516      * The callee is allowed to clobber memory associated with
1517      * structure pass by-reference.  Therefore we must make copies.
1518      * Allocate space from "ref_slot", which will be adjusted to
1519      * follow the parameters on the stack.
1520      */
1521     loc[0].ref_slot = cum->ref_slot;
1522 
1523     /*
1524      * Subsequent words also go into the reference slot, but
1525      * do not accumulate into the regular arguments.
1526      */
1527     for (int i = 1; i < n; ++i) {
1528         loc[i] = (TCGCallArgumentLoc){
1529             .kind = TCG_CALL_ARG_BY_REF_N,
1530             .arg_idx = cum->arg_idx,
1531             .tmp_subindex = i,
1532             .ref_slot = cum->ref_slot + i,
1533         };
1534     }
1535     cum->info_in_idx += n - 1;  /* i=0 accounted for in layout_arg_1 */
1536     cum->ref_slot += n;
1537 }
1538 
1539 static void init_call_layout(TCGHelperInfo *info)
1540 {
1541     int max_reg_slots = ARRAY_SIZE(tcg_target_call_iarg_regs);
1542     int max_stk_slots = TCG_STATIC_CALL_ARGS_SIZE / sizeof(tcg_target_long);
1543     unsigned typemask = info->typemask;
1544     unsigned typecode;
1545     TCGCumulativeArgs cum = { };
1546 
1547     /*
1548      * Parse and place any function return value.
1549      */
1550     typecode = typemask & 7;
1551     switch (typecode) {
1552     case dh_typecode_void:
1553         info->nr_out = 0;
1554         break;
1555     case dh_typecode_i32:
1556     case dh_typecode_s32:
1557     case dh_typecode_ptr:
1558         info->nr_out = 1;
1559         info->out_kind = TCG_CALL_RET_NORMAL;
1560         break;
1561     case dh_typecode_i64:
1562     case dh_typecode_s64:
1563         info->nr_out = 64 / TCG_TARGET_REG_BITS;
1564         info->out_kind = TCG_CALL_RET_NORMAL;
1565         /* Query the last register now to trigger any assert early. */
1566         tcg_target_call_oarg_reg(info->out_kind, info->nr_out - 1);
1567         break;
1568     case dh_typecode_i128:
1569         info->nr_out = 128 / TCG_TARGET_REG_BITS;
1570         info->out_kind = TCG_TARGET_CALL_RET_I128;
1571         switch (TCG_TARGET_CALL_RET_I128) {
1572         case TCG_CALL_RET_NORMAL:
1573             /* Query the last register now to trigger any assert early. */
1574             tcg_target_call_oarg_reg(info->out_kind, info->nr_out - 1);
1575             break;
1576         case TCG_CALL_RET_BY_VEC:
1577             /* Query the single register now to trigger any assert early. */
1578             tcg_target_call_oarg_reg(TCG_CALL_RET_BY_VEC, 0);
1579             break;
1580         case TCG_CALL_RET_BY_REF:
1581             /*
1582              * Allocate the first argument to the output.
1583              * We don't need to store this anywhere, just make it
1584              * unavailable for use in the input loop below.
1585              */
1586             cum.arg_slot = 1;
1587             break;
1588         default:
1589             qemu_build_not_reached();
1590         }
1591         break;
1592     default:
1593         g_assert_not_reached();
1594     }
1595 
1596     /*
1597      * Parse and place function arguments.
1598      */
1599     for (typemask >>= 3; typemask; typemask >>= 3, cum.arg_idx++) {
1600         TCGCallArgumentKind kind;
1601         TCGType type;
1602 
1603         typecode = typemask & 7;
1604         switch (typecode) {
1605         case dh_typecode_i32:
1606         case dh_typecode_s32:
1607             type = TCG_TYPE_I32;
1608             break;
1609         case dh_typecode_i64:
1610         case dh_typecode_s64:
1611             type = TCG_TYPE_I64;
1612             break;
1613         case dh_typecode_ptr:
1614             type = TCG_TYPE_PTR;
1615             break;
1616         case dh_typecode_i128:
1617             type = TCG_TYPE_I128;
1618             break;
1619         default:
1620             g_assert_not_reached();
1621         }
1622 
1623         switch (type) {
1624         case TCG_TYPE_I32:
1625             switch (TCG_TARGET_CALL_ARG_I32) {
1626             case TCG_CALL_ARG_EVEN:
1627                 layout_arg_even(&cum);
1628                 /* fall through */
1629             case TCG_CALL_ARG_NORMAL:
1630                 layout_arg_1(&cum, info, TCG_CALL_ARG_NORMAL);
1631                 break;
1632             case TCG_CALL_ARG_EXTEND:
1633                 kind = TCG_CALL_ARG_EXTEND_U + (typecode & 1);
1634                 layout_arg_1(&cum, info, kind);
1635                 break;
1636             default:
1637                 qemu_build_not_reached();
1638             }
1639             break;
1640 
1641         case TCG_TYPE_I64:
1642             switch (TCG_TARGET_CALL_ARG_I64) {
1643             case TCG_CALL_ARG_EVEN:
1644                 layout_arg_even(&cum);
1645                 /* fall through */
1646             case TCG_CALL_ARG_NORMAL:
1647                 if (TCG_TARGET_REG_BITS == 32) {
1648                     layout_arg_normal_n(&cum, info, 2);
1649                 } else {
1650                     layout_arg_1(&cum, info, TCG_CALL_ARG_NORMAL);
1651                 }
1652                 break;
1653             default:
1654                 qemu_build_not_reached();
1655             }
1656             break;
1657 
1658         case TCG_TYPE_I128:
1659             switch (TCG_TARGET_CALL_ARG_I128) {
1660             case TCG_CALL_ARG_EVEN:
1661                 layout_arg_even(&cum);
1662                 /* fall through */
1663             case TCG_CALL_ARG_NORMAL:
1664                 layout_arg_normal_n(&cum, info, 128 / TCG_TARGET_REG_BITS);
1665                 break;
1666             case TCG_CALL_ARG_BY_REF:
1667                 layout_arg_by_ref(&cum, info);
1668                 break;
1669             default:
1670                 qemu_build_not_reached();
1671             }
1672             break;
1673 
1674         default:
1675             g_assert_not_reached();
1676         }
1677     }
1678     info->nr_in = cum.info_in_idx;
1679 
1680     /* Validate that we didn't overrun the input array. */
1681     assert(cum.info_in_idx <= ARRAY_SIZE(info->in));
1682     /* Validate the backend has enough argument space. */
1683     assert(cum.arg_slot <= max_reg_slots + max_stk_slots);
1684 
1685     /*
1686      * Relocate the "ref_slot" area to the end of the parameters.
1687      * Minimizing this stack offset helps code size for x86,
1688      * which has a signed 8-bit offset encoding.
1689      */
1690     if (cum.ref_slot != 0) {
1691         int ref_base = 0;
1692 
1693         if (cum.arg_slot > max_reg_slots) {
1694             int align = __alignof(Int128) / sizeof(tcg_target_long);
1695 
1696             ref_base = cum.arg_slot - max_reg_slots;
1697             if (align > 1) {
1698                 ref_base = ROUND_UP(ref_base, align);
1699             }
1700         }
1701         assert(ref_base + cum.ref_slot <= max_stk_slots);
1702         ref_base += max_reg_slots;
1703 
1704         if (ref_base != 0) {
1705             for (int i = cum.info_in_idx - 1; i >= 0; --i) {
1706                 TCGCallArgumentLoc *loc = &info->in[i];
1707                 switch (loc->kind) {
1708                 case TCG_CALL_ARG_BY_REF:
1709                 case TCG_CALL_ARG_BY_REF_N:
1710                     loc->ref_slot += ref_base;
1711                     break;
1712                 default:
1713                     break;
1714                 }
1715             }
1716         }
1717     }
1718 }
1719 
1720 static int indirect_reg_alloc_order[ARRAY_SIZE(tcg_target_reg_alloc_order)];
1721 static void process_constraint_sets(void);
1722 static TCGTemp *tcg_global_reg_new_internal(TCGContext *s, TCGType type,
1723                                             TCGReg reg, const char *name);
1724 
1725 static void tcg_context_init(unsigned max_threads)
1726 {
1727     TCGContext *s = &tcg_init_ctx;
1728     int n, i;
1729     TCGTemp *ts;
1730 
1731     memset(s, 0, sizeof(*s));
1732     s->nb_globals = 0;
1733 
1734     init_call_layout(&info_helper_ld32_mmu);
1735     init_call_layout(&info_helper_ld64_mmu);
1736     init_call_layout(&info_helper_ld128_mmu);
1737     init_call_layout(&info_helper_st32_mmu);
1738     init_call_layout(&info_helper_st64_mmu);
1739     init_call_layout(&info_helper_st128_mmu);
1740 
1741     tcg_target_init(s);
1742     process_constraint_sets();
1743 
1744     /* Reverse the order of the saved registers, assuming they're all at
1745        the start of tcg_target_reg_alloc_order.  */
1746     for (n = 0; n < ARRAY_SIZE(tcg_target_reg_alloc_order); ++n) {
1747         int r = tcg_target_reg_alloc_order[n];
1748         if (tcg_regset_test_reg(tcg_target_call_clobber_regs, r)) {
1749             break;
1750         }
1751     }
1752     for (i = 0; i < n; ++i) {
1753         indirect_reg_alloc_order[i] = tcg_target_reg_alloc_order[n - 1 - i];
1754     }
1755     for (; i < ARRAY_SIZE(tcg_target_reg_alloc_order); ++i) {
1756         indirect_reg_alloc_order[i] = tcg_target_reg_alloc_order[i];
1757     }
1758 
1759     tcg_ctx = s;
1760     /*
1761      * In user-mode we simply share the init context among threads, since we
1762      * use a single region. See the documentation tcg_region_init() for the
1763      * reasoning behind this.
1764      * In system-mode we will have at most max_threads TCG threads.
1765      */
1766 #ifdef CONFIG_USER_ONLY
1767     tcg_ctxs = &tcg_ctx;
1768     tcg_cur_ctxs = 1;
1769     tcg_max_ctxs = 1;
1770 #else
1771     tcg_max_ctxs = max_threads;
1772     tcg_ctxs = g_new0(TCGContext *, max_threads);
1773 #endif
1774 
1775     tcg_debug_assert(!tcg_regset_test_reg(s->reserved_regs, TCG_AREG0));
1776     ts = tcg_global_reg_new_internal(s, TCG_TYPE_PTR, TCG_AREG0, "env");
1777     tcg_env = temp_tcgv_ptr(ts);
1778 }
1779 
1780 void tcg_init(size_t tb_size, int splitwx, unsigned max_threads)
1781 {
1782     tcg_context_init(max_threads);
1783     tcg_region_init(tb_size, splitwx, max_threads);
1784 }
1785 
1786 /*
1787  * Allocate TBs right before their corresponding translated code, making
1788  * sure that TBs and code are on different cache lines.
1789  */
1790 TranslationBlock *tcg_tb_alloc(TCGContext *s)
1791 {
1792     uintptr_t align = qemu_icache_linesize;
1793     TranslationBlock *tb;
1794     void *next;
1795 
1796  retry:
1797     tb = (void *)ROUND_UP((uintptr_t)s->code_gen_ptr, align);
1798     next = (void *)ROUND_UP((uintptr_t)(tb + 1), align);
1799 
1800     if (unlikely(next > s->code_gen_highwater)) {
1801         if (tcg_region_alloc(s)) {
1802             return NULL;
1803         }
1804         goto retry;
1805     }
1806     qatomic_set(&s->code_gen_ptr, next);
1807     return tb;
1808 }
1809 
1810 void tcg_prologue_init(void)
1811 {
1812     TCGContext *s = tcg_ctx;
1813     size_t prologue_size;
1814 
1815     s->code_ptr = s->code_gen_ptr;
1816     s->code_buf = s->code_gen_ptr;
1817     s->data_gen_ptr = NULL;
1818 
1819 #ifndef CONFIG_TCG_INTERPRETER
1820     tcg_qemu_tb_exec = (tcg_prologue_fn *)tcg_splitwx_to_rx(s->code_ptr);
1821 #endif
1822 
1823     s->pool_labels = NULL;
1824 
1825     qemu_thread_jit_write();
1826     /* Generate the prologue.  */
1827     tcg_target_qemu_prologue(s);
1828 
1829     /* Allow the prologue to put e.g. guest_base into a pool entry.  */
1830     {
1831         int result = tcg_out_pool_finalize(s);
1832         tcg_debug_assert(result == 0);
1833     }
1834 
1835     prologue_size = tcg_current_code_size(s);
1836     perf_report_prologue(s->code_gen_ptr, prologue_size);
1837 
1838 #ifndef CONFIG_TCG_INTERPRETER
1839     flush_idcache_range((uintptr_t)tcg_splitwx_to_rx(s->code_buf),
1840                         (uintptr_t)s->code_buf, prologue_size);
1841 #endif
1842 
1843     if (qemu_loglevel_mask(CPU_LOG_TB_OUT_ASM)) {
1844         FILE *logfile = qemu_log_trylock();
1845         if (logfile) {
1846             fprintf(logfile, "PROLOGUE: [size=%zu]\n", prologue_size);
1847             if (s->data_gen_ptr) {
1848                 size_t code_size = s->data_gen_ptr - s->code_gen_ptr;
1849                 size_t data_size = prologue_size - code_size;
1850                 size_t i;
1851 
1852                 disas(logfile, s->code_gen_ptr, code_size);
1853 
1854                 for (i = 0; i < data_size; i += sizeof(tcg_target_ulong)) {
1855                     if (sizeof(tcg_target_ulong) == 8) {
1856                         fprintf(logfile,
1857                                 "0x%08" PRIxPTR ":  .quad  0x%016" PRIx64 "\n",
1858                                 (uintptr_t)s->data_gen_ptr + i,
1859                                 *(uint64_t *)(s->data_gen_ptr + i));
1860                     } else {
1861                         fprintf(logfile,
1862                                 "0x%08" PRIxPTR ":  .long  0x%08x\n",
1863                                 (uintptr_t)s->data_gen_ptr + i,
1864                                 *(uint32_t *)(s->data_gen_ptr + i));
1865                     }
1866                 }
1867             } else {
1868                 disas(logfile, s->code_gen_ptr, prologue_size);
1869             }
1870             fprintf(logfile, "\n");
1871             qemu_log_unlock(logfile);
1872         }
1873     }
1874 
1875 #ifndef CONFIG_TCG_INTERPRETER
1876     /*
1877      * Assert that goto_ptr is implemented completely, setting an epilogue.
1878      * For tci, we use NULL as the signal to return from the interpreter,
1879      * so skip this check.
1880      */
1881     tcg_debug_assert(tcg_code_gen_epilogue != NULL);
1882 #endif
1883 
1884     tcg_region_prologue_set(s);
1885 }
1886 
1887 void tcg_func_start(TCGContext *s)
1888 {
1889     tcg_pool_reset(s);
1890     s->nb_temps = s->nb_globals;
1891 
1892     /* No temps have been previously allocated for size or locality.  */
1893     tcg_temp_ebb_reset_freed(s);
1894 
1895     /* No constant temps have been previously allocated. */
1896     for (int i = 0; i < TCG_TYPE_COUNT; ++i) {
1897         if (s->const_table[i]) {
1898             g_hash_table_remove_all(s->const_table[i]);
1899         }
1900     }
1901 
1902     s->nb_ops = 0;
1903     s->nb_labels = 0;
1904     s->current_frame_offset = s->frame_start;
1905 
1906 #ifdef CONFIG_DEBUG_TCG
1907     s->goto_tb_issue_mask = 0;
1908 #endif
1909 
1910     QTAILQ_INIT(&s->ops);
1911     QTAILQ_INIT(&s->free_ops);
1912     s->emit_before_op = NULL;
1913     QSIMPLEQ_INIT(&s->labels);
1914 
1915     tcg_debug_assert(s->addr_type <= TCG_TYPE_REG);
1916     tcg_debug_assert(s->insn_start_words > 0);
1917 }
1918 
1919 static TCGTemp *tcg_temp_alloc(TCGContext *s)
1920 {
1921     int n = s->nb_temps++;
1922 
1923     if (n >= TCG_MAX_TEMPS) {
1924         tcg_raise_tb_overflow(s);
1925     }
1926     return memset(&s->temps[n], 0, sizeof(TCGTemp));
1927 }
1928 
1929 static TCGTemp *tcg_global_alloc(TCGContext *s)
1930 {
1931     TCGTemp *ts;
1932 
1933     tcg_debug_assert(s->nb_globals == s->nb_temps);
1934     tcg_debug_assert(s->nb_globals < TCG_MAX_TEMPS);
1935     s->nb_globals++;
1936     ts = tcg_temp_alloc(s);
1937     ts->kind = TEMP_GLOBAL;
1938 
1939     return ts;
1940 }
1941 
1942 static TCGTemp *tcg_global_reg_new_internal(TCGContext *s, TCGType type,
1943                                             TCGReg reg, const char *name)
1944 {
1945     TCGTemp *ts;
1946 
1947     tcg_debug_assert(TCG_TARGET_REG_BITS == 64 || type == TCG_TYPE_I32);
1948 
1949     ts = tcg_global_alloc(s);
1950     ts->base_type = type;
1951     ts->type = type;
1952     ts->kind = TEMP_FIXED;
1953     ts->reg = reg;
1954     ts->name = name;
1955     tcg_regset_set_reg(s->reserved_regs, reg);
1956 
1957     return ts;
1958 }
1959 
1960 void tcg_set_frame(TCGContext *s, TCGReg reg, intptr_t start, intptr_t size)
1961 {
1962     s->frame_start = start;
1963     s->frame_end = start + size;
1964     s->frame_temp
1965         = tcg_global_reg_new_internal(s, TCG_TYPE_PTR, reg, "_frame");
1966 }
1967 
1968 static TCGTemp *tcg_global_mem_new_internal(TCGv_ptr base, intptr_t offset,
1969                                             const char *name, TCGType type)
1970 {
1971     TCGContext *s = tcg_ctx;
1972     TCGTemp *base_ts = tcgv_ptr_temp(base);
1973     TCGTemp *ts = tcg_global_alloc(s);
1974     int indirect_reg = 0;
1975 
1976     switch (base_ts->kind) {
1977     case TEMP_FIXED:
1978         break;
1979     case TEMP_GLOBAL:
1980         /* We do not support double-indirect registers.  */
1981         tcg_debug_assert(!base_ts->indirect_reg);
1982         base_ts->indirect_base = 1;
1983         s->nb_indirects += (TCG_TARGET_REG_BITS == 32 && type == TCG_TYPE_I64
1984                             ? 2 : 1);
1985         indirect_reg = 1;
1986         break;
1987     default:
1988         g_assert_not_reached();
1989     }
1990 
1991     if (TCG_TARGET_REG_BITS == 32 && type == TCG_TYPE_I64) {
1992         TCGTemp *ts2 = tcg_global_alloc(s);
1993         char buf[64];
1994 
1995         ts->base_type = TCG_TYPE_I64;
1996         ts->type = TCG_TYPE_I32;
1997         ts->indirect_reg = indirect_reg;
1998         ts->mem_allocated = 1;
1999         ts->mem_base = base_ts;
2000         ts->mem_offset = offset;
2001         pstrcpy(buf, sizeof(buf), name);
2002         pstrcat(buf, sizeof(buf), "_0");
2003         ts->name = strdup(buf);
2004 
2005         tcg_debug_assert(ts2 == ts + 1);
2006         ts2->base_type = TCG_TYPE_I64;
2007         ts2->type = TCG_TYPE_I32;
2008         ts2->indirect_reg = indirect_reg;
2009         ts2->mem_allocated = 1;
2010         ts2->mem_base = base_ts;
2011         ts2->mem_offset = offset + 4;
2012         ts2->temp_subindex = 1;
2013         pstrcpy(buf, sizeof(buf), name);
2014         pstrcat(buf, sizeof(buf), "_1");
2015         ts2->name = strdup(buf);
2016     } else {
2017         ts->base_type = type;
2018         ts->type = type;
2019         ts->indirect_reg = indirect_reg;
2020         ts->mem_allocated = 1;
2021         ts->mem_base = base_ts;
2022         ts->mem_offset = offset;
2023         ts->name = name;
2024     }
2025     return ts;
2026 }
2027 
2028 TCGv_i32 tcg_global_mem_new_i32(TCGv_ptr reg, intptr_t off, const char *name)
2029 {
2030     TCGTemp *ts = tcg_global_mem_new_internal(reg, off, name, TCG_TYPE_I32);
2031     return temp_tcgv_i32(ts);
2032 }
2033 
2034 TCGv_i64 tcg_global_mem_new_i64(TCGv_ptr reg, intptr_t off, const char *name)
2035 {
2036     TCGTemp *ts = tcg_global_mem_new_internal(reg, off, name, TCG_TYPE_I64);
2037     return temp_tcgv_i64(ts);
2038 }
2039 
2040 TCGv_ptr tcg_global_mem_new_ptr(TCGv_ptr reg, intptr_t off, const char *name)
2041 {
2042     TCGTemp *ts = tcg_global_mem_new_internal(reg, off, name, TCG_TYPE_PTR);
2043     return temp_tcgv_ptr(ts);
2044 }
2045 
2046 TCGTemp *tcg_temp_new_internal(TCGType type, TCGTempKind kind)
2047 {
2048     TCGContext *s = tcg_ctx;
2049     TCGTemp *ts;
2050     int n;
2051 
2052     if (kind == TEMP_EBB) {
2053         int idx = find_first_bit(s->free_temps[type].l, TCG_MAX_TEMPS);
2054 
2055         if (idx < TCG_MAX_TEMPS) {
2056             /* There is already an available temp with the right type.  */
2057             clear_bit(idx, s->free_temps[type].l);
2058 
2059             ts = &s->temps[idx];
2060             ts->temp_allocated = 1;
2061             tcg_debug_assert(ts->base_type == type);
2062             tcg_debug_assert(ts->kind == kind);
2063             return ts;
2064         }
2065     } else {
2066         tcg_debug_assert(kind == TEMP_TB);
2067     }
2068 
2069     switch (type) {
2070     case TCG_TYPE_I32:
2071     case TCG_TYPE_V64:
2072     case TCG_TYPE_V128:
2073     case TCG_TYPE_V256:
2074         n = 1;
2075         break;
2076     case TCG_TYPE_I64:
2077         n = 64 / TCG_TARGET_REG_BITS;
2078         break;
2079     case TCG_TYPE_I128:
2080         n = 128 / TCG_TARGET_REG_BITS;
2081         break;
2082     default:
2083         g_assert_not_reached();
2084     }
2085 
2086     ts = tcg_temp_alloc(s);
2087     ts->base_type = type;
2088     ts->temp_allocated = 1;
2089     ts->kind = kind;
2090 
2091     if (n == 1) {
2092         ts->type = type;
2093     } else {
2094         ts->type = TCG_TYPE_REG;
2095 
2096         for (int i = 1; i < n; ++i) {
2097             TCGTemp *ts2 = tcg_temp_alloc(s);
2098 
2099             tcg_debug_assert(ts2 == ts + i);
2100             ts2->base_type = type;
2101             ts2->type = TCG_TYPE_REG;
2102             ts2->temp_allocated = 1;
2103             ts2->temp_subindex = i;
2104             ts2->kind = kind;
2105         }
2106     }
2107     return ts;
2108 }
2109 
2110 TCGv_i32 tcg_temp_new_i32(void)
2111 {
2112     return temp_tcgv_i32(tcg_temp_new_internal(TCG_TYPE_I32, TEMP_TB));
2113 }
2114 
2115 TCGv_i32 tcg_temp_ebb_new_i32(void)
2116 {
2117     return temp_tcgv_i32(tcg_temp_new_internal(TCG_TYPE_I32, TEMP_EBB));
2118 }
2119 
2120 TCGv_i64 tcg_temp_new_i64(void)
2121 {
2122     return temp_tcgv_i64(tcg_temp_new_internal(TCG_TYPE_I64, TEMP_TB));
2123 }
2124 
2125 TCGv_i64 tcg_temp_ebb_new_i64(void)
2126 {
2127     return temp_tcgv_i64(tcg_temp_new_internal(TCG_TYPE_I64, TEMP_EBB));
2128 }
2129 
2130 TCGv_ptr tcg_temp_new_ptr(void)
2131 {
2132     return temp_tcgv_ptr(tcg_temp_new_internal(TCG_TYPE_PTR, TEMP_TB));
2133 }
2134 
2135 TCGv_ptr tcg_temp_ebb_new_ptr(void)
2136 {
2137     return temp_tcgv_ptr(tcg_temp_new_internal(TCG_TYPE_PTR, TEMP_EBB));
2138 }
2139 
2140 TCGv_i128 tcg_temp_new_i128(void)
2141 {
2142     return temp_tcgv_i128(tcg_temp_new_internal(TCG_TYPE_I128, TEMP_TB));
2143 }
2144 
2145 TCGv_i128 tcg_temp_ebb_new_i128(void)
2146 {
2147     return temp_tcgv_i128(tcg_temp_new_internal(TCG_TYPE_I128, TEMP_EBB));
2148 }
2149 
2150 TCGv_vec tcg_temp_new_vec(TCGType type)
2151 {
2152     TCGTemp *t;
2153 
2154 #ifdef CONFIG_DEBUG_TCG
2155     switch (type) {
2156     case TCG_TYPE_V64:
2157         assert(TCG_TARGET_HAS_v64);
2158         break;
2159     case TCG_TYPE_V128:
2160         assert(TCG_TARGET_HAS_v128);
2161         break;
2162     case TCG_TYPE_V256:
2163         assert(TCG_TARGET_HAS_v256);
2164         break;
2165     default:
2166         g_assert_not_reached();
2167     }
2168 #endif
2169 
2170     t = tcg_temp_new_internal(type, TEMP_EBB);
2171     return temp_tcgv_vec(t);
2172 }
2173 
2174 /* Create a new temp of the same type as an existing temp.  */
2175 TCGv_vec tcg_temp_new_vec_matching(TCGv_vec match)
2176 {
2177     TCGTemp *t = tcgv_vec_temp(match);
2178 
2179     tcg_debug_assert(t->temp_allocated != 0);
2180 
2181     t = tcg_temp_new_internal(t->base_type, TEMP_EBB);
2182     return temp_tcgv_vec(t);
2183 }
2184 
2185 void tcg_temp_free_internal(TCGTemp *ts)
2186 {
2187     TCGContext *s = tcg_ctx;
2188 
2189     switch (ts->kind) {
2190     case TEMP_CONST:
2191     case TEMP_TB:
2192         /* Silently ignore free. */
2193         break;
2194     case TEMP_EBB:
2195         tcg_debug_assert(ts->temp_allocated != 0);
2196         ts->temp_allocated = 0;
2197         set_bit(temp_idx(ts), s->free_temps[ts->base_type].l);
2198         break;
2199     default:
2200         /* It never made sense to free TEMP_FIXED or TEMP_GLOBAL. */
2201         g_assert_not_reached();
2202     }
2203 }
2204 
2205 void tcg_temp_free_i32(TCGv_i32 arg)
2206 {
2207     tcg_temp_free_internal(tcgv_i32_temp(arg));
2208 }
2209 
2210 void tcg_temp_free_i64(TCGv_i64 arg)
2211 {
2212     tcg_temp_free_internal(tcgv_i64_temp(arg));
2213 }
2214 
2215 void tcg_temp_free_i128(TCGv_i128 arg)
2216 {
2217     tcg_temp_free_internal(tcgv_i128_temp(arg));
2218 }
2219 
2220 void tcg_temp_free_ptr(TCGv_ptr arg)
2221 {
2222     tcg_temp_free_internal(tcgv_ptr_temp(arg));
2223 }
2224 
2225 void tcg_temp_free_vec(TCGv_vec arg)
2226 {
2227     tcg_temp_free_internal(tcgv_vec_temp(arg));
2228 }
2229 
2230 TCGTemp *tcg_constant_internal(TCGType type, int64_t val)
2231 {
2232     TCGContext *s = tcg_ctx;
2233     GHashTable *h = s->const_table[type];
2234     TCGTemp *ts;
2235 
2236     if (h == NULL) {
2237         h = g_hash_table_new(g_int64_hash, g_int64_equal);
2238         s->const_table[type] = h;
2239     }
2240 
2241     ts = g_hash_table_lookup(h, &val);
2242     if (ts == NULL) {
2243         int64_t *val_ptr;
2244 
2245         ts = tcg_temp_alloc(s);
2246 
2247         if (TCG_TARGET_REG_BITS == 32 && type == TCG_TYPE_I64) {
2248             TCGTemp *ts2 = tcg_temp_alloc(s);
2249 
2250             tcg_debug_assert(ts2 == ts + 1);
2251 
2252             ts->base_type = TCG_TYPE_I64;
2253             ts->type = TCG_TYPE_I32;
2254             ts->kind = TEMP_CONST;
2255             ts->temp_allocated = 1;
2256 
2257             ts2->base_type = TCG_TYPE_I64;
2258             ts2->type = TCG_TYPE_I32;
2259             ts2->kind = TEMP_CONST;
2260             ts2->temp_allocated = 1;
2261             ts2->temp_subindex = 1;
2262 
2263             /*
2264              * Retain the full value of the 64-bit constant in the low
2265              * part, so that the hash table works.  Actual uses will
2266              * truncate the value to the low part.
2267              */
2268             ts[HOST_BIG_ENDIAN].val = val;
2269             ts[!HOST_BIG_ENDIAN].val = val >> 32;
2270             val_ptr = &ts[HOST_BIG_ENDIAN].val;
2271         } else {
2272             ts->base_type = type;
2273             ts->type = type;
2274             ts->kind = TEMP_CONST;
2275             ts->temp_allocated = 1;
2276             ts->val = val;
2277             val_ptr = &ts->val;
2278         }
2279         g_hash_table_insert(h, val_ptr, ts);
2280     }
2281 
2282     return ts;
2283 }
2284 
2285 TCGv_i32 tcg_constant_i32(int32_t val)
2286 {
2287     return temp_tcgv_i32(tcg_constant_internal(TCG_TYPE_I32, val));
2288 }
2289 
2290 TCGv_i64 tcg_constant_i64(int64_t val)
2291 {
2292     return temp_tcgv_i64(tcg_constant_internal(TCG_TYPE_I64, val));
2293 }
2294 
2295 TCGv_ptr tcg_constant_ptr_int(intptr_t val)
2296 {
2297     return temp_tcgv_ptr(tcg_constant_internal(TCG_TYPE_PTR, val));
2298 }
2299 
2300 TCGv_vec tcg_constant_vec(TCGType type, unsigned vece, int64_t val)
2301 {
2302     val = dup_const(vece, val);
2303     return temp_tcgv_vec(tcg_constant_internal(type, val));
2304 }
2305 
2306 TCGv_vec tcg_constant_vec_matching(TCGv_vec match, unsigned vece, int64_t val)
2307 {
2308     TCGTemp *t = tcgv_vec_temp(match);
2309 
2310     tcg_debug_assert(t->temp_allocated != 0);
2311     return tcg_constant_vec(t->base_type, vece, val);
2312 }
2313 
2314 #ifdef CONFIG_DEBUG_TCG
2315 size_t temp_idx(TCGTemp *ts)
2316 {
2317     ptrdiff_t n = ts - tcg_ctx->temps;
2318     assert(n >= 0 && n < tcg_ctx->nb_temps);
2319     return n;
2320 }
2321 
2322 TCGTemp *tcgv_i32_temp(TCGv_i32 v)
2323 {
2324     uintptr_t o = (uintptr_t)v - offsetof(TCGContext, temps);
2325 
2326     assert(o < sizeof(TCGTemp) * tcg_ctx->nb_temps);
2327     assert(o % sizeof(TCGTemp) == 0);
2328 
2329     return (void *)tcg_ctx + (uintptr_t)v;
2330 }
2331 #endif /* CONFIG_DEBUG_TCG */
2332 
2333 /*
2334  * Return true if OP may appear in the opcode stream with TYPE.
2335  * Test the runtime variable that controls each opcode.
2336  */
2337 bool tcg_op_supported(TCGOpcode op, TCGType type, unsigned flags)
2338 {
2339     bool has_type;
2340 
2341     switch (type) {
2342     case TCG_TYPE_I32:
2343         has_type = true;
2344         break;
2345     case TCG_TYPE_I64:
2346         has_type = TCG_TARGET_REG_BITS == 64;
2347         break;
2348     case TCG_TYPE_V64:
2349         has_type = TCG_TARGET_HAS_v64;
2350         break;
2351     case TCG_TYPE_V128:
2352         has_type = TCG_TARGET_HAS_v128;
2353         break;
2354     case TCG_TYPE_V256:
2355         has_type = TCG_TARGET_HAS_v256;
2356         break;
2357     default:
2358         has_type = false;
2359         break;
2360     }
2361 
2362     switch (op) {
2363     case INDEX_op_discard:
2364     case INDEX_op_set_label:
2365     case INDEX_op_call:
2366     case INDEX_op_br:
2367     case INDEX_op_mb:
2368     case INDEX_op_insn_start:
2369     case INDEX_op_exit_tb:
2370     case INDEX_op_goto_tb:
2371     case INDEX_op_goto_ptr:
2372     case INDEX_op_qemu_ld_i32:
2373     case INDEX_op_qemu_st_i32:
2374     case INDEX_op_qemu_ld_i64:
2375     case INDEX_op_qemu_st_i64:
2376         return true;
2377 
2378     case INDEX_op_qemu_st8_i32:
2379         return TCG_TARGET_HAS_qemu_st8_i32;
2380 
2381     case INDEX_op_qemu_ld_i128:
2382     case INDEX_op_qemu_st_i128:
2383         return TCG_TARGET_HAS_qemu_ldst_i128;
2384 
2385     case INDEX_op_add:
2386     case INDEX_op_and:
2387     case INDEX_op_brcond:
2388     case INDEX_op_deposit:
2389     case INDEX_op_extract:
2390     case INDEX_op_mov:
2391     case INDEX_op_movcond:
2392     case INDEX_op_negsetcond:
2393     case INDEX_op_or:
2394     case INDEX_op_setcond:
2395     case INDEX_op_sextract:
2396     case INDEX_op_xor:
2397         return has_type;
2398 
2399     case INDEX_op_ld8u_i32:
2400     case INDEX_op_ld8s_i32:
2401     case INDEX_op_ld16u_i32:
2402     case INDEX_op_ld16s_i32:
2403     case INDEX_op_ld_i32:
2404     case INDEX_op_st8_i32:
2405     case INDEX_op_st16_i32:
2406     case INDEX_op_st_i32:
2407         return true;
2408 
2409     case INDEX_op_add2_i32:
2410         return TCG_TARGET_HAS_add2_i32;
2411     case INDEX_op_sub2_i32:
2412         return TCG_TARGET_HAS_sub2_i32;
2413 
2414     case INDEX_op_brcond2_i32:
2415     case INDEX_op_setcond2_i32:
2416         return TCG_TARGET_REG_BITS == 32;
2417 
2418     case INDEX_op_ld8u_i64:
2419     case INDEX_op_ld8s_i64:
2420     case INDEX_op_ld16u_i64:
2421     case INDEX_op_ld16s_i64:
2422     case INDEX_op_ld32u_i64:
2423     case INDEX_op_ld32s_i64:
2424     case INDEX_op_ld_i64:
2425     case INDEX_op_st8_i64:
2426     case INDEX_op_st16_i64:
2427     case INDEX_op_st32_i64:
2428     case INDEX_op_st_i64:
2429     case INDEX_op_ext_i32_i64:
2430     case INDEX_op_extu_i32_i64:
2431     case INDEX_op_extrl_i64_i32:
2432     case INDEX_op_extrh_i64_i32:
2433         return TCG_TARGET_REG_BITS == 64;
2434 
2435     case INDEX_op_add2_i64:
2436         return TCG_TARGET_HAS_add2_i64;
2437     case INDEX_op_sub2_i64:
2438         return TCG_TARGET_HAS_sub2_i64;
2439 
2440     case INDEX_op_mov_vec:
2441     case INDEX_op_dup_vec:
2442     case INDEX_op_dupm_vec:
2443     case INDEX_op_ld_vec:
2444     case INDEX_op_st_vec:
2445     case INDEX_op_add_vec:
2446     case INDEX_op_sub_vec:
2447     case INDEX_op_and_vec:
2448     case INDEX_op_or_vec:
2449     case INDEX_op_xor_vec:
2450     case INDEX_op_cmp_vec:
2451         return has_type;
2452     case INDEX_op_dup2_vec:
2453         return has_type && TCG_TARGET_REG_BITS == 32;
2454     case INDEX_op_not_vec:
2455         return has_type && TCG_TARGET_HAS_not_vec;
2456     case INDEX_op_neg_vec:
2457         return has_type && TCG_TARGET_HAS_neg_vec;
2458     case INDEX_op_abs_vec:
2459         return has_type && TCG_TARGET_HAS_abs_vec;
2460     case INDEX_op_andc_vec:
2461         return has_type && TCG_TARGET_HAS_andc_vec;
2462     case INDEX_op_orc_vec:
2463         return has_type && TCG_TARGET_HAS_orc_vec;
2464     case INDEX_op_nand_vec:
2465         return has_type && TCG_TARGET_HAS_nand_vec;
2466     case INDEX_op_nor_vec:
2467         return has_type && TCG_TARGET_HAS_nor_vec;
2468     case INDEX_op_eqv_vec:
2469         return has_type && TCG_TARGET_HAS_eqv_vec;
2470     case INDEX_op_mul_vec:
2471         return has_type && TCG_TARGET_HAS_mul_vec;
2472     case INDEX_op_shli_vec:
2473     case INDEX_op_shri_vec:
2474     case INDEX_op_sari_vec:
2475         return has_type && TCG_TARGET_HAS_shi_vec;
2476     case INDEX_op_shls_vec:
2477     case INDEX_op_shrs_vec:
2478     case INDEX_op_sars_vec:
2479         return has_type && TCG_TARGET_HAS_shs_vec;
2480     case INDEX_op_shlv_vec:
2481     case INDEX_op_shrv_vec:
2482     case INDEX_op_sarv_vec:
2483         return has_type && TCG_TARGET_HAS_shv_vec;
2484     case INDEX_op_rotli_vec:
2485         return has_type && TCG_TARGET_HAS_roti_vec;
2486     case INDEX_op_rotls_vec:
2487         return has_type && TCG_TARGET_HAS_rots_vec;
2488     case INDEX_op_rotlv_vec:
2489     case INDEX_op_rotrv_vec:
2490         return has_type && TCG_TARGET_HAS_rotv_vec;
2491     case INDEX_op_ssadd_vec:
2492     case INDEX_op_usadd_vec:
2493     case INDEX_op_sssub_vec:
2494     case INDEX_op_ussub_vec:
2495         return has_type && TCG_TARGET_HAS_sat_vec;
2496     case INDEX_op_smin_vec:
2497     case INDEX_op_umin_vec:
2498     case INDEX_op_smax_vec:
2499     case INDEX_op_umax_vec:
2500         return has_type && TCG_TARGET_HAS_minmax_vec;
2501     case INDEX_op_bitsel_vec:
2502         return has_type && TCG_TARGET_HAS_bitsel_vec;
2503     case INDEX_op_cmpsel_vec:
2504         return has_type && TCG_TARGET_HAS_cmpsel_vec;
2505 
2506     default:
2507         if (op < INDEX_op_last_generic) {
2508             const TCGOutOp *outop;
2509             TCGConstraintSetIndex con_set;
2510 
2511             if (!has_type) {
2512                 return false;
2513             }
2514 
2515             outop = all_outop[op];
2516             tcg_debug_assert(outop != NULL);
2517 
2518             con_set = outop->static_constraint;
2519             if (con_set == C_Dynamic) {
2520                 con_set = outop->dynamic_constraint(type, flags);
2521             }
2522             if (con_set >= 0) {
2523                 return true;
2524             }
2525             tcg_debug_assert(con_set == C_NotImplemented);
2526             return false;
2527         }
2528         tcg_debug_assert(op < NB_OPS);
2529         return true;
2530 
2531     case INDEX_op_last_generic:
2532         g_assert_not_reached();
2533     }
2534 }
2535 
2536 bool tcg_op_deposit_valid(TCGType type, unsigned ofs, unsigned len)
2537 {
2538     unsigned width;
2539 
2540     tcg_debug_assert(type == TCG_TYPE_I32 || type == TCG_TYPE_I64);
2541     width = (type == TCG_TYPE_I32 ? 32 : 64);
2542 
2543     tcg_debug_assert(ofs < width);
2544     tcg_debug_assert(len > 0);
2545     tcg_debug_assert(len <= width - ofs);
2546 
2547     return TCG_TARGET_deposit_valid(type, ofs, len);
2548 }
2549 
2550 static TCGOp *tcg_op_alloc(TCGOpcode opc, unsigned nargs);
2551 
2552 static void tcg_gen_callN(void *func, TCGHelperInfo *info,
2553                           TCGTemp *ret, TCGTemp **args)
2554 {
2555     TCGv_i64 extend_free[MAX_CALL_IARGS];
2556     int n_extend = 0;
2557     TCGOp *op;
2558     int i, n, pi = 0, total_args;
2559 
2560     if (unlikely(g_once_init_enter(HELPER_INFO_INIT(info)))) {
2561         init_call_layout(info);
2562         g_once_init_leave(HELPER_INFO_INIT(info), HELPER_INFO_INIT_VAL(info));
2563     }
2564 
2565     total_args = info->nr_out + info->nr_in + 2;
2566     op = tcg_op_alloc(INDEX_op_call, total_args);
2567 
2568 #ifdef CONFIG_PLUGIN
2569     /* Flag helpers that may affect guest state */
2570     if (tcg_ctx->plugin_insn && !(info->flags & TCG_CALL_NO_SIDE_EFFECTS)) {
2571         tcg_ctx->plugin_insn->calls_helpers = true;
2572     }
2573 #endif
2574 
2575     TCGOP_CALLO(op) = n = info->nr_out;
2576     switch (n) {
2577     case 0:
2578         tcg_debug_assert(ret == NULL);
2579         break;
2580     case 1:
2581         tcg_debug_assert(ret != NULL);
2582         op->args[pi++] = temp_arg(ret);
2583         break;
2584     case 2:
2585     case 4:
2586         tcg_debug_assert(ret != NULL);
2587         tcg_debug_assert(ret->base_type == ret->type + ctz32(n));
2588         tcg_debug_assert(ret->temp_subindex == 0);
2589         for (i = 0; i < n; ++i) {
2590             op->args[pi++] = temp_arg(ret + i);
2591         }
2592         break;
2593     default:
2594         g_assert_not_reached();
2595     }
2596 
2597     TCGOP_CALLI(op) = n = info->nr_in;
2598     for (i = 0; i < n; i++) {
2599         const TCGCallArgumentLoc *loc = &info->in[i];
2600         TCGTemp *ts = args[loc->arg_idx] + loc->tmp_subindex;
2601 
2602         switch (loc->kind) {
2603         case TCG_CALL_ARG_NORMAL:
2604         case TCG_CALL_ARG_BY_REF:
2605         case TCG_CALL_ARG_BY_REF_N:
2606             op->args[pi++] = temp_arg(ts);
2607             break;
2608 
2609         case TCG_CALL_ARG_EXTEND_U:
2610         case TCG_CALL_ARG_EXTEND_S:
2611             {
2612                 TCGv_i64 temp = tcg_temp_ebb_new_i64();
2613                 TCGv_i32 orig = temp_tcgv_i32(ts);
2614 
2615                 if (loc->kind == TCG_CALL_ARG_EXTEND_S) {
2616                     tcg_gen_ext_i32_i64(temp, orig);
2617                 } else {
2618                     tcg_gen_extu_i32_i64(temp, orig);
2619                 }
2620                 op->args[pi++] = tcgv_i64_arg(temp);
2621                 extend_free[n_extend++] = temp;
2622             }
2623             break;
2624 
2625         default:
2626             g_assert_not_reached();
2627         }
2628     }
2629     op->args[pi++] = (uintptr_t)func;
2630     op->args[pi++] = (uintptr_t)info;
2631     tcg_debug_assert(pi == total_args);
2632 
2633     if (tcg_ctx->emit_before_op) {
2634         QTAILQ_INSERT_BEFORE(tcg_ctx->emit_before_op, op, link);
2635     } else {
2636         QTAILQ_INSERT_TAIL(&tcg_ctx->ops, op, link);
2637     }
2638 
2639     tcg_debug_assert(n_extend < ARRAY_SIZE(extend_free));
2640     for (i = 0; i < n_extend; ++i) {
2641         tcg_temp_free_i64(extend_free[i]);
2642     }
2643 }
2644 
2645 void tcg_gen_call0(void *func, TCGHelperInfo *info, TCGTemp *ret)
2646 {
2647     tcg_gen_callN(func, info, ret, NULL);
2648 }
2649 
2650 void tcg_gen_call1(void *func, TCGHelperInfo *info, TCGTemp *ret, TCGTemp *t1)
2651 {
2652     tcg_gen_callN(func, info, ret, &t1);
2653 }
2654 
2655 void tcg_gen_call2(void *func, TCGHelperInfo *info, TCGTemp *ret,
2656                    TCGTemp *t1, TCGTemp *t2)
2657 {
2658     TCGTemp *args[2] = { t1, t2 };
2659     tcg_gen_callN(func, info, ret, args);
2660 }
2661 
2662 void tcg_gen_call3(void *func, TCGHelperInfo *info, TCGTemp *ret,
2663                    TCGTemp *t1, TCGTemp *t2, TCGTemp *t3)
2664 {
2665     TCGTemp *args[3] = { t1, t2, t3 };
2666     tcg_gen_callN(func, info, ret, args);
2667 }
2668 
2669 void tcg_gen_call4(void *func, TCGHelperInfo *info, TCGTemp *ret,
2670                    TCGTemp *t1, TCGTemp *t2, TCGTemp *t3, TCGTemp *t4)
2671 {
2672     TCGTemp *args[4] = { t1, t2, t3, t4 };
2673     tcg_gen_callN(func, info, ret, args);
2674 }
2675 
2676 void tcg_gen_call5(void *func, TCGHelperInfo *info, TCGTemp *ret, TCGTemp *t1,
2677                    TCGTemp *t2, TCGTemp *t3, TCGTemp *t4, TCGTemp *t5)
2678 {
2679     TCGTemp *args[5] = { t1, t2, t3, t4, t5 };
2680     tcg_gen_callN(func, info, ret, args);
2681 }
2682 
2683 void tcg_gen_call6(void *func, TCGHelperInfo *info, TCGTemp *ret,
2684                    TCGTemp *t1, TCGTemp *t2, TCGTemp *t3,
2685                    TCGTemp *t4, TCGTemp *t5, TCGTemp *t6)
2686 {
2687     TCGTemp *args[6] = { t1, t2, t3, t4, t5, t6 };
2688     tcg_gen_callN(func, info, ret, args);
2689 }
2690 
2691 void tcg_gen_call7(void *func, TCGHelperInfo *info, TCGTemp *ret, TCGTemp *t1,
2692                    TCGTemp *t2, TCGTemp *t3, TCGTemp *t4,
2693                    TCGTemp *t5, TCGTemp *t6, TCGTemp *t7)
2694 {
2695     TCGTemp *args[7] = { t1, t2, t3, t4, t5, t6, t7 };
2696     tcg_gen_callN(func, info, ret, args);
2697 }
2698 
2699 static void tcg_reg_alloc_start(TCGContext *s)
2700 {
2701     int i, n;
2702 
2703     for (i = 0, n = s->nb_temps; i < n; i++) {
2704         TCGTemp *ts = &s->temps[i];
2705         TCGTempVal val = TEMP_VAL_MEM;
2706 
2707         switch (ts->kind) {
2708         case TEMP_CONST:
2709             val = TEMP_VAL_CONST;
2710             break;
2711         case TEMP_FIXED:
2712             val = TEMP_VAL_REG;
2713             break;
2714         case TEMP_GLOBAL:
2715             break;
2716         case TEMP_EBB:
2717             val = TEMP_VAL_DEAD;
2718             /* fall through */
2719         case TEMP_TB:
2720             ts->mem_allocated = 0;
2721             break;
2722         default:
2723             g_assert_not_reached();
2724         }
2725         ts->val_type = val;
2726     }
2727 
2728     memset(s->reg_to_temp, 0, sizeof(s->reg_to_temp));
2729 }
2730 
2731 static char *tcg_get_arg_str_ptr(TCGContext *s, char *buf, int buf_size,
2732                                  TCGTemp *ts)
2733 {
2734     int idx = temp_idx(ts);
2735 
2736     switch (ts->kind) {
2737     case TEMP_FIXED:
2738     case TEMP_GLOBAL:
2739         pstrcpy(buf, buf_size, ts->name);
2740         break;
2741     case TEMP_TB:
2742         snprintf(buf, buf_size, "loc%d", idx - s->nb_globals);
2743         break;
2744     case TEMP_EBB:
2745         snprintf(buf, buf_size, "tmp%d", idx - s->nb_globals);
2746         break;
2747     case TEMP_CONST:
2748         switch (ts->type) {
2749         case TCG_TYPE_I32:
2750             snprintf(buf, buf_size, "$0x%x", (int32_t)ts->val);
2751             break;
2752 #if TCG_TARGET_REG_BITS > 32
2753         case TCG_TYPE_I64:
2754             snprintf(buf, buf_size, "$0x%" PRIx64, ts->val);
2755             break;
2756 #endif
2757         case TCG_TYPE_V64:
2758         case TCG_TYPE_V128:
2759         case TCG_TYPE_V256:
2760             snprintf(buf, buf_size, "v%d$0x%" PRIx64,
2761                      64 << (ts->type - TCG_TYPE_V64), ts->val);
2762             break;
2763         default:
2764             g_assert_not_reached();
2765         }
2766         break;
2767     }
2768     return buf;
2769 }
2770 
2771 static char *tcg_get_arg_str(TCGContext *s, char *buf,
2772                              int buf_size, TCGArg arg)
2773 {
2774     return tcg_get_arg_str_ptr(s, buf, buf_size, arg_temp(arg));
2775 }
2776 
2777 static const char * const cond_name[] =
2778 {
2779     [TCG_COND_NEVER] = "never",
2780     [TCG_COND_ALWAYS] = "always",
2781     [TCG_COND_EQ] = "eq",
2782     [TCG_COND_NE] = "ne",
2783     [TCG_COND_LT] = "lt",
2784     [TCG_COND_GE] = "ge",
2785     [TCG_COND_LE] = "le",
2786     [TCG_COND_GT] = "gt",
2787     [TCG_COND_LTU] = "ltu",
2788     [TCG_COND_GEU] = "geu",
2789     [TCG_COND_LEU] = "leu",
2790     [TCG_COND_GTU] = "gtu",
2791     [TCG_COND_TSTEQ] = "tsteq",
2792     [TCG_COND_TSTNE] = "tstne",
2793 };
2794 
2795 static const char * const ldst_name[(MO_BSWAP | MO_SSIZE) + 1] =
2796 {
2797     [MO_UB]   = "ub",
2798     [MO_SB]   = "sb",
2799     [MO_LEUW] = "leuw",
2800     [MO_LESW] = "lesw",
2801     [MO_LEUL] = "leul",
2802     [MO_LESL] = "lesl",
2803     [MO_LEUQ] = "leq",
2804     [MO_BEUW] = "beuw",
2805     [MO_BESW] = "besw",
2806     [MO_BEUL] = "beul",
2807     [MO_BESL] = "besl",
2808     [MO_BEUQ] = "beq",
2809     [MO_128 + MO_BE] = "beo",
2810     [MO_128 + MO_LE] = "leo",
2811 };
2812 
2813 static const char * const alignment_name[(MO_AMASK >> MO_ASHIFT) + 1] = {
2814     [MO_UNALN >> MO_ASHIFT]    = "un+",
2815     [MO_ALIGN >> MO_ASHIFT]    = "al+",
2816     [MO_ALIGN_2 >> MO_ASHIFT]  = "al2+",
2817     [MO_ALIGN_4 >> MO_ASHIFT]  = "al4+",
2818     [MO_ALIGN_8 >> MO_ASHIFT]  = "al8+",
2819     [MO_ALIGN_16 >> MO_ASHIFT] = "al16+",
2820     [MO_ALIGN_32 >> MO_ASHIFT] = "al32+",
2821     [MO_ALIGN_64 >> MO_ASHIFT] = "al64+",
2822 };
2823 
2824 static const char * const atom_name[(MO_ATOM_MASK >> MO_ATOM_SHIFT) + 1] = {
2825     [MO_ATOM_IFALIGN >> MO_ATOM_SHIFT] = "",
2826     [MO_ATOM_IFALIGN_PAIR >> MO_ATOM_SHIFT] = "pair+",
2827     [MO_ATOM_WITHIN16 >> MO_ATOM_SHIFT] = "w16+",
2828     [MO_ATOM_WITHIN16_PAIR >> MO_ATOM_SHIFT] = "w16p+",
2829     [MO_ATOM_SUBALIGN >> MO_ATOM_SHIFT] = "sub+",
2830     [MO_ATOM_NONE >> MO_ATOM_SHIFT] = "noat+",
2831 };
2832 
2833 static const char bswap_flag_name[][6] = {
2834     [TCG_BSWAP_IZ] = "iz",
2835     [TCG_BSWAP_OZ] = "oz",
2836     [TCG_BSWAP_OS] = "os",
2837     [TCG_BSWAP_IZ | TCG_BSWAP_OZ] = "iz,oz",
2838     [TCG_BSWAP_IZ | TCG_BSWAP_OS] = "iz,os",
2839 };
2840 
2841 #ifdef CONFIG_PLUGIN
2842 static const char * const plugin_from_name[] = {
2843     "from-tb",
2844     "from-insn",
2845     "after-insn",
2846     "after-tb",
2847 };
2848 #endif
2849 
2850 static inline bool tcg_regset_single(TCGRegSet d)
2851 {
2852     return (d & (d - 1)) == 0;
2853 }
2854 
2855 static inline TCGReg tcg_regset_first(TCGRegSet d)
2856 {
2857     if (TCG_TARGET_NB_REGS <= 32) {
2858         return ctz32(d);
2859     } else {
2860         return ctz64(d);
2861     }
2862 }
2863 
2864 /* Return only the number of characters output -- no error return. */
2865 #define ne_fprintf(...) \
2866     ({ int ret_ = fprintf(__VA_ARGS__); ret_ >= 0 ? ret_ : 0; })
2867 
2868 void tcg_dump_ops(TCGContext *s, FILE *f, bool have_prefs)
2869 {
2870     char buf[128];
2871     TCGOp *op;
2872 
2873     QTAILQ_FOREACH(op, &s->ops, link) {
2874         int i, k, nb_oargs, nb_iargs, nb_cargs;
2875         const TCGOpDef *def;
2876         TCGOpcode c;
2877         int col = 0;
2878 
2879         c = op->opc;
2880         def = &tcg_op_defs[c];
2881 
2882         if (c == INDEX_op_insn_start) {
2883             nb_oargs = 0;
2884             col += ne_fprintf(f, "\n ----");
2885 
2886             for (i = 0, k = s->insn_start_words; i < k; ++i) {
2887                 col += ne_fprintf(f, " %016" PRIx64,
2888                                   tcg_get_insn_start_param(op, i));
2889             }
2890         } else if (c == INDEX_op_call) {
2891             const TCGHelperInfo *info = tcg_call_info(op);
2892             void *func = tcg_call_func(op);
2893 
2894             /* variable number of arguments */
2895             nb_oargs = TCGOP_CALLO(op);
2896             nb_iargs = TCGOP_CALLI(op);
2897             nb_cargs = def->nb_cargs;
2898 
2899             col += ne_fprintf(f, " %s ", def->name);
2900 
2901             /*
2902              * Print the function name from TCGHelperInfo, if available.
2903              * Note that plugins have a template function for the info,
2904              * but the actual function pointer comes from the plugin.
2905              */
2906             if (func == info->func) {
2907                 col += ne_fprintf(f, "%s", info->name);
2908             } else {
2909                 col += ne_fprintf(f, "plugin(%p)", func);
2910             }
2911 
2912             col += ne_fprintf(f, ",$0x%x,$%d", info->flags, nb_oargs);
2913             for (i = 0; i < nb_oargs; i++) {
2914                 col += ne_fprintf(f, ",%s", tcg_get_arg_str(s, buf, sizeof(buf),
2915                                                             op->args[i]));
2916             }
2917             for (i = 0; i < nb_iargs; i++) {
2918                 TCGArg arg = op->args[nb_oargs + i];
2919                 const char *t = tcg_get_arg_str(s, buf, sizeof(buf), arg);
2920                 col += ne_fprintf(f, ",%s", t);
2921             }
2922         } else {
2923             if (def->flags & TCG_OPF_INT) {
2924                 col += ne_fprintf(f, " %s_i%d ",
2925                                   def->name,
2926                                   8 * tcg_type_size(TCGOP_TYPE(op)));
2927             } else if (def->flags & TCG_OPF_VECTOR) {
2928                 col += ne_fprintf(f, "%s v%d,e%d,",
2929                                   def->name,
2930                                   8 * tcg_type_size(TCGOP_TYPE(op)),
2931                                   8 << TCGOP_VECE(op));
2932             } else {
2933                 col += ne_fprintf(f, " %s ", def->name);
2934             }
2935 
2936             nb_oargs = def->nb_oargs;
2937             nb_iargs = def->nb_iargs;
2938             nb_cargs = def->nb_cargs;
2939 
2940             k = 0;
2941             for (i = 0; i < nb_oargs; i++) {
2942                 const char *sep =  k ? "," : "";
2943                 col += ne_fprintf(f, "%s%s", sep,
2944                                   tcg_get_arg_str(s, buf, sizeof(buf),
2945                                                   op->args[k++]));
2946             }
2947             for (i = 0; i < nb_iargs; i++) {
2948                 const char *sep =  k ? "," : "";
2949                 col += ne_fprintf(f, "%s%s", sep,
2950                                   tcg_get_arg_str(s, buf, sizeof(buf),
2951                                                   op->args[k++]));
2952             }
2953             switch (c) {
2954             case INDEX_op_brcond:
2955             case INDEX_op_setcond:
2956             case INDEX_op_negsetcond:
2957             case INDEX_op_movcond:
2958             case INDEX_op_brcond2_i32:
2959             case INDEX_op_setcond2_i32:
2960             case INDEX_op_cmp_vec:
2961             case INDEX_op_cmpsel_vec:
2962                 if (op->args[k] < ARRAY_SIZE(cond_name)
2963                     && cond_name[op->args[k]]) {
2964                     col += ne_fprintf(f, ",%s", cond_name[op->args[k++]]);
2965                 } else {
2966                     col += ne_fprintf(f, ",$0x%" TCG_PRIlx, op->args[k++]);
2967                 }
2968                 i = 1;
2969                 break;
2970             case INDEX_op_qemu_ld_i32:
2971             case INDEX_op_qemu_st_i32:
2972             case INDEX_op_qemu_st8_i32:
2973             case INDEX_op_qemu_ld_i64:
2974             case INDEX_op_qemu_st_i64:
2975             case INDEX_op_qemu_ld_i128:
2976             case INDEX_op_qemu_st_i128:
2977                 {
2978                     const char *s_al, *s_op, *s_at;
2979                     MemOpIdx oi = op->args[k++];
2980                     MemOp mop = get_memop(oi);
2981                     unsigned ix = get_mmuidx(oi);
2982 
2983                     s_al = alignment_name[(mop & MO_AMASK) >> MO_ASHIFT];
2984                     s_op = ldst_name[mop & (MO_BSWAP | MO_SSIZE)];
2985                     s_at = atom_name[(mop & MO_ATOM_MASK) >> MO_ATOM_SHIFT];
2986                     mop &= ~(MO_AMASK | MO_BSWAP | MO_SSIZE | MO_ATOM_MASK);
2987 
2988                     /* If all fields are accounted for, print symbolically. */
2989                     if (!mop && s_al && s_op && s_at) {
2990                         col += ne_fprintf(f, ",%s%s%s,%u",
2991                                           s_at, s_al, s_op, ix);
2992                     } else {
2993                         mop = get_memop(oi);
2994                         col += ne_fprintf(f, ",$0x%x,%u", mop, ix);
2995                     }
2996                     i = 1;
2997                 }
2998                 break;
2999             case INDEX_op_bswap16:
3000             case INDEX_op_bswap32:
3001             case INDEX_op_bswap64:
3002                 {
3003                     TCGArg flags = op->args[k];
3004                     const char *name = NULL;
3005 
3006                     if (flags < ARRAY_SIZE(bswap_flag_name)) {
3007                         name = bswap_flag_name[flags];
3008                     }
3009                     if (name) {
3010                         col += ne_fprintf(f, ",%s", name);
3011                     } else {
3012                         col += ne_fprintf(f, ",$0x%" TCG_PRIlx, flags);
3013                     }
3014                     i = k = 1;
3015                 }
3016                 break;
3017 #ifdef CONFIG_PLUGIN
3018             case INDEX_op_plugin_cb:
3019                 {
3020                     TCGArg from = op->args[k++];
3021                     const char *name = NULL;
3022 
3023                     if (from < ARRAY_SIZE(plugin_from_name)) {
3024                         name = plugin_from_name[from];
3025                     }
3026                     if (name) {
3027                         col += ne_fprintf(f, "%s", name);
3028                     } else {
3029                         col += ne_fprintf(f, "$0x%" TCG_PRIlx, from);
3030                     }
3031                     i = 1;
3032                 }
3033                 break;
3034 #endif
3035             default:
3036                 i = 0;
3037                 break;
3038             }
3039             switch (c) {
3040             case INDEX_op_set_label:
3041             case INDEX_op_br:
3042             case INDEX_op_brcond:
3043             case INDEX_op_brcond2_i32:
3044                 col += ne_fprintf(f, "%s$L%d", k ? "," : "",
3045                                   arg_label(op->args[k])->id);
3046                 i++, k++;
3047                 break;
3048             case INDEX_op_mb:
3049                 {
3050                     TCGBar membar = op->args[k];
3051                     const char *b_op, *m_op;
3052 
3053                     switch (membar & TCG_BAR_SC) {
3054                     case 0:
3055                         b_op = "none";
3056                         break;
3057                     case TCG_BAR_LDAQ:
3058                         b_op = "acq";
3059                         break;
3060                     case TCG_BAR_STRL:
3061                         b_op = "rel";
3062                         break;
3063                     case TCG_BAR_SC:
3064                         b_op = "seq";
3065                         break;
3066                     default:
3067                         g_assert_not_reached();
3068                     }
3069 
3070                     switch (membar & TCG_MO_ALL) {
3071                     case 0:
3072                         m_op = "none";
3073                         break;
3074                     case TCG_MO_LD_LD:
3075                         m_op = "rr";
3076                         break;
3077                     case TCG_MO_LD_ST:
3078                         m_op = "rw";
3079                         break;
3080                     case TCG_MO_ST_LD:
3081                         m_op = "wr";
3082                         break;
3083                     case TCG_MO_ST_ST:
3084                         m_op = "ww";
3085                         break;
3086                     case TCG_MO_LD_LD | TCG_MO_LD_ST:
3087                         m_op = "rr+rw";
3088                         break;
3089                     case TCG_MO_LD_LD | TCG_MO_ST_LD:
3090                         m_op = "rr+wr";
3091                         break;
3092                     case TCG_MO_LD_LD | TCG_MO_ST_ST:
3093                         m_op = "rr+ww";
3094                         break;
3095                     case TCG_MO_LD_ST | TCG_MO_ST_LD:
3096                         m_op = "rw+wr";
3097                         break;
3098                     case TCG_MO_LD_ST | TCG_MO_ST_ST:
3099                         m_op = "rw+ww";
3100                         break;
3101                     case TCG_MO_ST_LD | TCG_MO_ST_ST:
3102                         m_op = "wr+ww";
3103                         break;
3104                     case TCG_MO_LD_LD | TCG_MO_LD_ST | TCG_MO_ST_LD:
3105                         m_op = "rr+rw+wr";
3106                         break;
3107                     case TCG_MO_LD_LD | TCG_MO_LD_ST | TCG_MO_ST_ST:
3108                         m_op = "rr+rw+ww";
3109                         break;
3110                     case TCG_MO_LD_LD | TCG_MO_ST_LD | TCG_MO_ST_ST:
3111                         m_op = "rr+wr+ww";
3112                         break;
3113                     case TCG_MO_LD_ST | TCG_MO_ST_LD | TCG_MO_ST_ST:
3114                         m_op = "rw+wr+ww";
3115                         break;
3116                     case TCG_MO_ALL:
3117                         m_op = "all";
3118                         break;
3119                     default:
3120                         g_assert_not_reached();
3121                     }
3122 
3123                     col += ne_fprintf(f, "%s%s:%s", (k ? "," : ""), b_op, m_op);
3124                     i++, k++;
3125                 }
3126                 break;
3127             default:
3128                 break;
3129             }
3130             for (; i < nb_cargs; i++, k++) {
3131                 col += ne_fprintf(f, "%s$0x%" TCG_PRIlx, k ? "," : "",
3132                                   op->args[k]);
3133             }
3134         }
3135 
3136         if (have_prefs || op->life) {
3137             for (; col < 40; ++col) {
3138                 putc(' ', f);
3139             }
3140         }
3141 
3142         if (op->life) {
3143             unsigned life = op->life;
3144 
3145             if (life & (SYNC_ARG * 3)) {
3146                 ne_fprintf(f, "  sync:");
3147                 for (i = 0; i < 2; ++i) {
3148                     if (life & (SYNC_ARG << i)) {
3149                         ne_fprintf(f, " %d", i);
3150                     }
3151                 }
3152             }
3153             life /= DEAD_ARG;
3154             if (life) {
3155                 ne_fprintf(f, "  dead:");
3156                 for (i = 0; life; ++i, life >>= 1) {
3157                     if (life & 1) {
3158                         ne_fprintf(f, " %d", i);
3159                     }
3160                 }
3161             }
3162         }
3163 
3164         if (have_prefs) {
3165             for (i = 0; i < nb_oargs; ++i) {
3166                 TCGRegSet set = output_pref(op, i);
3167 
3168                 if (i == 0) {
3169                     ne_fprintf(f, "  pref=");
3170                 } else {
3171                     ne_fprintf(f, ",");
3172                 }
3173                 if (set == 0) {
3174                     ne_fprintf(f, "none");
3175                 } else if (set == MAKE_64BIT_MASK(0, TCG_TARGET_NB_REGS)) {
3176                     ne_fprintf(f, "all");
3177 #ifdef CONFIG_DEBUG_TCG
3178                 } else if (tcg_regset_single(set)) {
3179                     TCGReg reg = tcg_regset_first(set);
3180                     ne_fprintf(f, "%s", tcg_target_reg_names[reg]);
3181 #endif
3182                 } else if (TCG_TARGET_NB_REGS <= 32) {
3183                     ne_fprintf(f, "0x%x", (uint32_t)set);
3184                 } else {
3185                     ne_fprintf(f, "0x%" PRIx64, (uint64_t)set);
3186                 }
3187             }
3188         }
3189 
3190         putc('\n', f);
3191     }
3192 }
3193 
3194 /* we give more priority to constraints with less registers */
3195 static int get_constraint_priority(const TCGArgConstraint *arg_ct, int k)
3196 {
3197     int n;
3198 
3199     arg_ct += k;
3200     n = ctpop64(arg_ct->regs);
3201 
3202     /*
3203      * Sort constraints of a single register first, which includes output
3204      * aliases (which must exactly match the input already allocated).
3205      */
3206     if (n == 1 || arg_ct->oalias) {
3207         return INT_MAX;
3208     }
3209 
3210     /*
3211      * Sort register pairs next, first then second immediately after.
3212      * Arbitrarily sort multiple pairs by the index of the first reg;
3213      * there shouldn't be many pairs.
3214      */
3215     switch (arg_ct->pair) {
3216     case 1:
3217     case 3:
3218         return (k + 1) * 2;
3219     case 2:
3220         return (arg_ct->pair_index + 1) * 2 - 1;
3221     }
3222 
3223     /* Finally, sort by decreasing register count. */
3224     assert(n > 1);
3225     return -n;
3226 }
3227 
3228 /* sort from highest priority to lowest */
3229 static void sort_constraints(TCGArgConstraint *a, int start, int n)
3230 {
3231     int i, j;
3232 
3233     for (i = 0; i < n; i++) {
3234         a[start + i].sort_index = start + i;
3235     }
3236     if (n <= 1) {
3237         return;
3238     }
3239     for (i = 0; i < n - 1; i++) {
3240         for (j = i + 1; j < n; j++) {
3241             int p1 = get_constraint_priority(a, a[start + i].sort_index);
3242             int p2 = get_constraint_priority(a, a[start + j].sort_index);
3243             if (p1 < p2) {
3244                 int tmp = a[start + i].sort_index;
3245                 a[start + i].sort_index = a[start + j].sort_index;
3246                 a[start + j].sort_index = tmp;
3247             }
3248         }
3249     }
3250 }
3251 
3252 static const TCGArgConstraint empty_cts[TCG_MAX_OP_ARGS];
3253 static TCGArgConstraint all_cts[ARRAY_SIZE(constraint_sets)][TCG_MAX_OP_ARGS];
3254 
3255 static void process_constraint_sets(void)
3256 {
3257     for (size_t c = 0; c < ARRAY_SIZE(constraint_sets); ++c) {
3258         const TCGConstraintSet *tdefs = &constraint_sets[c];
3259         TCGArgConstraint *args_ct = all_cts[c];
3260         int nb_oargs = tdefs->nb_oargs;
3261         int nb_iargs = tdefs->nb_iargs;
3262         int nb_args = nb_oargs + nb_iargs;
3263         bool saw_alias_pair = false;
3264 
3265         for (int i = 0; i < nb_args; i++) {
3266             const char *ct_str = tdefs->args_ct_str[i];
3267             bool input_p = i >= nb_oargs;
3268             int o;
3269 
3270             switch (*ct_str) {
3271             case '0' ... '9':
3272                 o = *ct_str - '0';
3273                 tcg_debug_assert(input_p);
3274                 tcg_debug_assert(o < nb_oargs);
3275                 tcg_debug_assert(args_ct[o].regs != 0);
3276                 tcg_debug_assert(!args_ct[o].oalias);
3277                 args_ct[i] = args_ct[o];
3278                 /* The output sets oalias.  */
3279                 args_ct[o].oalias = 1;
3280                 args_ct[o].alias_index = i;
3281                 /* The input sets ialias. */
3282                 args_ct[i].ialias = 1;
3283                 args_ct[i].alias_index = o;
3284                 if (args_ct[i].pair) {
3285                     saw_alias_pair = true;
3286                 }
3287                 tcg_debug_assert(ct_str[1] == '\0');
3288                 continue;
3289 
3290             case '&':
3291                 tcg_debug_assert(!input_p);
3292                 args_ct[i].newreg = true;
3293                 ct_str++;
3294                 break;
3295 
3296             case 'p': /* plus */
3297                 /* Allocate to the register after the previous. */
3298                 tcg_debug_assert(i > (input_p ? nb_oargs : 0));
3299                 o = i - 1;
3300                 tcg_debug_assert(!args_ct[o].pair);
3301                 tcg_debug_assert(!args_ct[o].ct);
3302                 args_ct[i] = (TCGArgConstraint){
3303                     .pair = 2,
3304                     .pair_index = o,
3305                     .regs = args_ct[o].regs << 1,
3306                     .newreg = args_ct[o].newreg,
3307                 };
3308                 args_ct[o].pair = 1;
3309                 args_ct[o].pair_index = i;
3310                 tcg_debug_assert(ct_str[1] == '\0');
3311                 continue;
3312 
3313             case 'm': /* minus */
3314                 /* Allocate to the register before the previous. */
3315                 tcg_debug_assert(i > (input_p ? nb_oargs : 0));
3316                 o = i - 1;
3317                 tcg_debug_assert(!args_ct[o].pair);
3318                 tcg_debug_assert(!args_ct[o].ct);
3319                 args_ct[i] = (TCGArgConstraint){
3320                     .pair = 1,
3321                     .pair_index = o,
3322                     .regs = args_ct[o].regs >> 1,
3323                     .newreg = args_ct[o].newreg,
3324                 };
3325                 args_ct[o].pair = 2;
3326                 args_ct[o].pair_index = i;
3327                 tcg_debug_assert(ct_str[1] == '\0');
3328                 continue;
3329             }
3330 
3331             do {
3332                 switch (*ct_str) {
3333                 case 'i':
3334                     args_ct[i].ct |= TCG_CT_CONST;
3335                     break;
3336 #ifdef TCG_REG_ZERO
3337                 case 'z':
3338                     args_ct[i].ct |= TCG_CT_REG_ZERO;
3339                     break;
3340 #endif
3341 
3342                 /* Include all of the target-specific constraints. */
3343 
3344 #undef CONST
3345 #define CONST(CASE, MASK) \
3346     case CASE: args_ct[i].ct |= MASK; break;
3347 #define REGS(CASE, MASK) \
3348     case CASE: args_ct[i].regs |= MASK; break;
3349 
3350 #include "tcg-target-con-str.h"
3351 
3352 #undef REGS
3353 #undef CONST
3354                 default:
3355                 case '0' ... '9':
3356                 case '&':
3357                 case 'p':
3358                 case 'm':
3359                     /* Typo in TCGConstraintSet constraint. */
3360                     g_assert_not_reached();
3361                 }
3362             } while (*++ct_str != '\0');
3363         }
3364 
3365         /*
3366          * Fix up output pairs that are aliased with inputs.
3367          * When we created the alias, we copied pair from the output.
3368          * There are three cases:
3369          *    (1a) Pairs of inputs alias pairs of outputs.
3370          *    (1b) One input aliases the first of a pair of outputs.
3371          *    (2)  One input aliases the second of a pair of outputs.
3372          *
3373          * Case 1a is handled by making sure that the pair_index'es are
3374          * properly updated so that they appear the same as a pair of inputs.
3375          *
3376          * Case 1b is handled by setting the pair_index of the input to
3377          * itself, simply so it doesn't point to an unrelated argument.
3378          * Since we don't encounter the "second" during the input allocation
3379          * phase, nothing happens with the second half of the input pair.
3380          *
3381          * Case 2 is handled by setting the second input to pair=3, the
3382          * first output to pair=3, and the pair_index'es to match.
3383          */
3384         if (saw_alias_pair) {
3385             for (int i = nb_oargs; i < nb_args; i++) {
3386                 int o, o2, i2;
3387 
3388                 /*
3389                  * Since [0-9pm] must be alone in the constraint string,
3390                  * the only way they can both be set is if the pair comes
3391                  * from the output alias.
3392                  */
3393                 if (!args_ct[i].ialias) {
3394                     continue;
3395                 }
3396                 switch (args_ct[i].pair) {
3397                 case 0:
3398                     break;
3399                 case 1:
3400                     o = args_ct[i].alias_index;
3401                     o2 = args_ct[o].pair_index;
3402                     tcg_debug_assert(args_ct[o].pair == 1);
3403                     tcg_debug_assert(args_ct[o2].pair == 2);
3404                     if (args_ct[o2].oalias) {
3405                         /* Case 1a */
3406                         i2 = args_ct[o2].alias_index;
3407                         tcg_debug_assert(args_ct[i2].pair == 2);
3408                         args_ct[i2].pair_index = i;
3409                         args_ct[i].pair_index = i2;
3410                     } else {
3411                         /* Case 1b */
3412                         args_ct[i].pair_index = i;
3413                     }
3414                     break;
3415                 case 2:
3416                     o = args_ct[i].alias_index;
3417                     o2 = args_ct[o].pair_index;
3418                     tcg_debug_assert(args_ct[o].pair == 2);
3419                     tcg_debug_assert(args_ct[o2].pair == 1);
3420                     if (args_ct[o2].oalias) {
3421                         /* Case 1a */
3422                         i2 = args_ct[o2].alias_index;
3423                         tcg_debug_assert(args_ct[i2].pair == 1);
3424                         args_ct[i2].pair_index = i;
3425                         args_ct[i].pair_index = i2;
3426                     } else {
3427                         /* Case 2 */
3428                         args_ct[i].pair = 3;
3429                         args_ct[o2].pair = 3;
3430                         args_ct[i].pair_index = o2;
3431                         args_ct[o2].pair_index = i;
3432                     }
3433                     break;
3434                 default:
3435                     g_assert_not_reached();
3436                 }
3437             }
3438         }
3439 
3440         /* sort the constraints (XXX: this is just an heuristic) */
3441         sort_constraints(args_ct, 0, nb_oargs);
3442         sort_constraints(args_ct, nb_oargs, nb_iargs);
3443     }
3444 }
3445 
3446 static const TCGArgConstraint *opcode_args_ct(const TCGOp *op)
3447 {
3448     TCGOpcode opc = op->opc;
3449     TCGType type = TCGOP_TYPE(op);
3450     unsigned flags = TCGOP_FLAGS(op);
3451     const TCGOpDef *def = &tcg_op_defs[opc];
3452     const TCGOutOp *outop = all_outop[opc];
3453     TCGConstraintSetIndex con_set;
3454 
3455     if (def->flags & TCG_OPF_NOT_PRESENT) {
3456         return empty_cts;
3457     }
3458 
3459     if (outop) {
3460         con_set = outop->static_constraint;
3461         if (con_set == C_Dynamic) {
3462             con_set = outop->dynamic_constraint(type, flags);
3463         }
3464     } else {
3465         con_set = tcg_target_op_def(opc, type, flags);
3466     }
3467     tcg_debug_assert(con_set >= 0);
3468     tcg_debug_assert(con_set < ARRAY_SIZE(constraint_sets));
3469 
3470     /* The constraint arguments must match TCGOpcode arguments. */
3471     tcg_debug_assert(constraint_sets[con_set].nb_oargs == def->nb_oargs);
3472     tcg_debug_assert(constraint_sets[con_set].nb_iargs == def->nb_iargs);
3473 
3474     return all_cts[con_set];
3475 }
3476 
3477 static void remove_label_use(TCGOp *op, int idx)
3478 {
3479     TCGLabel *label = arg_label(op->args[idx]);
3480     TCGLabelUse *use;
3481 
3482     QSIMPLEQ_FOREACH(use, &label->branches, next) {
3483         if (use->op == op) {
3484             QSIMPLEQ_REMOVE(&label->branches, use, TCGLabelUse, next);
3485             return;
3486         }
3487     }
3488     g_assert_not_reached();
3489 }
3490 
3491 void tcg_op_remove(TCGContext *s, TCGOp *op)
3492 {
3493     switch (op->opc) {
3494     case INDEX_op_br:
3495         remove_label_use(op, 0);
3496         break;
3497     case INDEX_op_brcond:
3498         remove_label_use(op, 3);
3499         break;
3500     case INDEX_op_brcond2_i32:
3501         remove_label_use(op, 5);
3502         break;
3503     default:
3504         break;
3505     }
3506 
3507     QTAILQ_REMOVE(&s->ops, op, link);
3508     QTAILQ_INSERT_TAIL(&s->free_ops, op, link);
3509     s->nb_ops--;
3510 }
3511 
3512 void tcg_remove_ops_after(TCGOp *op)
3513 {
3514     TCGContext *s = tcg_ctx;
3515 
3516     while (true) {
3517         TCGOp *last = tcg_last_op();
3518         if (last == op) {
3519             return;
3520         }
3521         tcg_op_remove(s, last);
3522     }
3523 }
3524 
3525 static TCGOp *tcg_op_alloc(TCGOpcode opc, unsigned nargs)
3526 {
3527     TCGContext *s = tcg_ctx;
3528     TCGOp *op = NULL;
3529 
3530     if (unlikely(!QTAILQ_EMPTY(&s->free_ops))) {
3531         QTAILQ_FOREACH(op, &s->free_ops, link) {
3532             if (nargs <= op->nargs) {
3533                 QTAILQ_REMOVE(&s->free_ops, op, link);
3534                 nargs = op->nargs;
3535                 goto found;
3536             }
3537         }
3538     }
3539 
3540     /* Most opcodes have 3 or 4 operands: reduce fragmentation. */
3541     nargs = MAX(4, nargs);
3542     op = tcg_malloc(sizeof(TCGOp) + sizeof(TCGArg) * nargs);
3543 
3544  found:
3545     memset(op, 0, offsetof(TCGOp, link));
3546     op->opc = opc;
3547     op->nargs = nargs;
3548 
3549     /* Check for bitfield overflow. */
3550     tcg_debug_assert(op->nargs == nargs);
3551 
3552     s->nb_ops++;
3553     return op;
3554 }
3555 
3556 TCGOp *tcg_emit_op(TCGOpcode opc, unsigned nargs)
3557 {
3558     TCGOp *op = tcg_op_alloc(opc, nargs);
3559 
3560     if (tcg_ctx->emit_before_op) {
3561         QTAILQ_INSERT_BEFORE(tcg_ctx->emit_before_op, op, link);
3562     } else {
3563         QTAILQ_INSERT_TAIL(&tcg_ctx->ops, op, link);
3564     }
3565     return op;
3566 }
3567 
3568 TCGOp *tcg_op_insert_before(TCGContext *s, TCGOp *old_op,
3569                             TCGOpcode opc, TCGType type, unsigned nargs)
3570 {
3571     TCGOp *new_op = tcg_op_alloc(opc, nargs);
3572 
3573     TCGOP_TYPE(new_op) = type;
3574     QTAILQ_INSERT_BEFORE(old_op, new_op, link);
3575     return new_op;
3576 }
3577 
3578 TCGOp *tcg_op_insert_after(TCGContext *s, TCGOp *old_op,
3579                            TCGOpcode opc, TCGType type, unsigned nargs)
3580 {
3581     TCGOp *new_op = tcg_op_alloc(opc, nargs);
3582 
3583     TCGOP_TYPE(new_op) = type;
3584     QTAILQ_INSERT_AFTER(&s->ops, old_op, new_op, link);
3585     return new_op;
3586 }
3587 
3588 static void move_label_uses(TCGLabel *to, TCGLabel *from)
3589 {
3590     TCGLabelUse *u;
3591 
3592     QSIMPLEQ_FOREACH(u, &from->branches, next) {
3593         TCGOp *op = u->op;
3594         switch (op->opc) {
3595         case INDEX_op_br:
3596             op->args[0] = label_arg(to);
3597             break;
3598         case INDEX_op_brcond:
3599             op->args[3] = label_arg(to);
3600             break;
3601         case INDEX_op_brcond2_i32:
3602             op->args[5] = label_arg(to);
3603             break;
3604         default:
3605             g_assert_not_reached();
3606         }
3607     }
3608 
3609     QSIMPLEQ_CONCAT(&to->branches, &from->branches);
3610 }
3611 
3612 /* Reachable analysis : remove unreachable code.  */
3613 static void __attribute__((noinline))
3614 reachable_code_pass(TCGContext *s)
3615 {
3616     TCGOp *op, *op_next, *op_prev;
3617     bool dead = false;
3618 
3619     QTAILQ_FOREACH_SAFE(op, &s->ops, link, op_next) {
3620         bool remove = dead;
3621         TCGLabel *label;
3622 
3623         switch (op->opc) {
3624         case INDEX_op_set_label:
3625             label = arg_label(op->args[0]);
3626 
3627             /*
3628              * Note that the first op in the TB is always a load,
3629              * so there is always something before a label.
3630              */
3631             op_prev = QTAILQ_PREV(op, link);
3632 
3633             /*
3634              * If we find two sequential labels, move all branches to
3635              * reference the second label and remove the first label.
3636              * Do this before branch to next optimization, so that the
3637              * middle label is out of the way.
3638              */
3639             if (op_prev->opc == INDEX_op_set_label) {
3640                 move_label_uses(label, arg_label(op_prev->args[0]));
3641                 tcg_op_remove(s, op_prev);
3642                 op_prev = QTAILQ_PREV(op, link);
3643             }
3644 
3645             /*
3646              * Optimization can fold conditional branches to unconditional.
3647              * If we find a label which is preceded by an unconditional
3648              * branch to next, remove the branch.  We couldn't do this when
3649              * processing the branch because any dead code between the branch
3650              * and label had not yet been removed.
3651              */
3652             if (op_prev->opc == INDEX_op_br &&
3653                 label == arg_label(op_prev->args[0])) {
3654                 tcg_op_remove(s, op_prev);
3655                 /* Fall through means insns become live again.  */
3656                 dead = false;
3657             }
3658 
3659             if (QSIMPLEQ_EMPTY(&label->branches)) {
3660                 /*
3661                  * While there is an occasional backward branch, virtually
3662                  * all branches generated by the translators are forward.
3663                  * Which means that generally we will have already removed
3664                  * all references to the label that will be, and there is
3665                  * little to be gained by iterating.
3666                  */
3667                 remove = true;
3668             } else {
3669                 /* Once we see a label, insns become live again.  */
3670                 dead = false;
3671                 remove = false;
3672             }
3673             break;
3674 
3675         case INDEX_op_br:
3676         case INDEX_op_exit_tb:
3677         case INDEX_op_goto_ptr:
3678             /* Unconditional branches; everything following is dead.  */
3679             dead = true;
3680             break;
3681 
3682         case INDEX_op_call:
3683             /* Notice noreturn helper calls, raising exceptions.  */
3684             if (tcg_call_flags(op) & TCG_CALL_NO_RETURN) {
3685                 dead = true;
3686             }
3687             break;
3688 
3689         case INDEX_op_insn_start:
3690             /* Never remove -- we need to keep these for unwind.  */
3691             remove = false;
3692             break;
3693 
3694         default:
3695             break;
3696         }
3697 
3698         if (remove) {
3699             tcg_op_remove(s, op);
3700         }
3701     }
3702 }
3703 
3704 #define TS_DEAD  1
3705 #define TS_MEM   2
3706 
3707 #define IS_DEAD_ARG(n)   (arg_life & (DEAD_ARG << (n)))
3708 #define NEED_SYNC_ARG(n) (arg_life & (SYNC_ARG << (n)))
3709 
3710 /* For liveness_pass_1, the register preferences for a given temp.  */
3711 static inline TCGRegSet *la_temp_pref(TCGTemp *ts)
3712 {
3713     return ts->state_ptr;
3714 }
3715 
3716 /* For liveness_pass_1, reset the preferences for a given temp to the
3717  * maximal regset for its type.
3718  */
3719 static inline void la_reset_pref(TCGTemp *ts)
3720 {
3721     *la_temp_pref(ts)
3722         = (ts->state == TS_DEAD ? 0 : tcg_target_available_regs[ts->type]);
3723 }
3724 
3725 /* liveness analysis: end of function: all temps are dead, and globals
3726    should be in memory. */
3727 static void la_func_end(TCGContext *s, int ng, int nt)
3728 {
3729     int i;
3730 
3731     for (i = 0; i < ng; ++i) {
3732         s->temps[i].state = TS_DEAD | TS_MEM;
3733         la_reset_pref(&s->temps[i]);
3734     }
3735     for (i = ng; i < nt; ++i) {
3736         s->temps[i].state = TS_DEAD;
3737         la_reset_pref(&s->temps[i]);
3738     }
3739 }
3740 
3741 /* liveness analysis: end of basic block: all temps are dead, globals
3742    and local temps should be in memory. */
3743 static void la_bb_end(TCGContext *s, int ng, int nt)
3744 {
3745     int i;
3746 
3747     for (i = 0; i < nt; ++i) {
3748         TCGTemp *ts = &s->temps[i];
3749         int state;
3750 
3751         switch (ts->kind) {
3752         case TEMP_FIXED:
3753         case TEMP_GLOBAL:
3754         case TEMP_TB:
3755             state = TS_DEAD | TS_MEM;
3756             break;
3757         case TEMP_EBB:
3758         case TEMP_CONST:
3759             state = TS_DEAD;
3760             break;
3761         default:
3762             g_assert_not_reached();
3763         }
3764         ts->state = state;
3765         la_reset_pref(ts);
3766     }
3767 }
3768 
3769 /* liveness analysis: sync globals back to memory.  */
3770 static void la_global_sync(TCGContext *s, int ng)
3771 {
3772     int i;
3773 
3774     for (i = 0; i < ng; ++i) {
3775         int state = s->temps[i].state;
3776         s->temps[i].state = state | TS_MEM;
3777         if (state == TS_DEAD) {
3778             /* If the global was previously dead, reset prefs.  */
3779             la_reset_pref(&s->temps[i]);
3780         }
3781     }
3782 }
3783 
3784 /*
3785  * liveness analysis: conditional branch: all temps are dead unless
3786  * explicitly live-across-conditional-branch, globals and local temps
3787  * should be synced.
3788  */
3789 static void la_bb_sync(TCGContext *s, int ng, int nt)
3790 {
3791     la_global_sync(s, ng);
3792 
3793     for (int i = ng; i < nt; ++i) {
3794         TCGTemp *ts = &s->temps[i];
3795         int state;
3796 
3797         switch (ts->kind) {
3798         case TEMP_TB:
3799             state = ts->state;
3800             ts->state = state | TS_MEM;
3801             if (state != TS_DEAD) {
3802                 continue;
3803             }
3804             break;
3805         case TEMP_EBB:
3806         case TEMP_CONST:
3807             continue;
3808         default:
3809             g_assert_not_reached();
3810         }
3811         la_reset_pref(&s->temps[i]);
3812     }
3813 }
3814 
3815 /* liveness analysis: sync globals back to memory and kill.  */
3816 static void la_global_kill(TCGContext *s, int ng)
3817 {
3818     int i;
3819 
3820     for (i = 0; i < ng; i++) {
3821         s->temps[i].state = TS_DEAD | TS_MEM;
3822         la_reset_pref(&s->temps[i]);
3823     }
3824 }
3825 
3826 /* liveness analysis: note live globals crossing calls.  */
3827 static void la_cross_call(TCGContext *s, int nt)
3828 {
3829     TCGRegSet mask = ~tcg_target_call_clobber_regs;
3830     int i;
3831 
3832     for (i = 0; i < nt; i++) {
3833         TCGTemp *ts = &s->temps[i];
3834         if (!(ts->state & TS_DEAD)) {
3835             TCGRegSet *pset = la_temp_pref(ts);
3836             TCGRegSet set = *pset;
3837 
3838             set &= mask;
3839             /* If the combination is not possible, restart.  */
3840             if (set == 0) {
3841                 set = tcg_target_available_regs[ts->type] & mask;
3842             }
3843             *pset = set;
3844         }
3845     }
3846 }
3847 
3848 /*
3849  * Liveness analysis: Verify the lifetime of TEMP_TB, and reduce
3850  * to TEMP_EBB, if possible.
3851  */
3852 static void __attribute__((noinline))
3853 liveness_pass_0(TCGContext *s)
3854 {
3855     void * const multiple_ebb = (void *)(uintptr_t)-1;
3856     int nb_temps = s->nb_temps;
3857     TCGOp *op, *ebb;
3858 
3859     for (int i = s->nb_globals; i < nb_temps; ++i) {
3860         s->temps[i].state_ptr = NULL;
3861     }
3862 
3863     /*
3864      * Represent each EBB by the op at which it begins.  In the case of
3865      * the first EBB, this is the first op, otherwise it is a label.
3866      * Collect the uses of each TEMP_TB: NULL for unused, EBB for use
3867      * within a single EBB, else MULTIPLE_EBB.
3868      */
3869     ebb = QTAILQ_FIRST(&s->ops);
3870     QTAILQ_FOREACH(op, &s->ops, link) {
3871         const TCGOpDef *def;
3872         int nb_oargs, nb_iargs;
3873 
3874         switch (op->opc) {
3875         case INDEX_op_set_label:
3876             ebb = op;
3877             continue;
3878         case INDEX_op_discard:
3879             continue;
3880         case INDEX_op_call:
3881             nb_oargs = TCGOP_CALLO(op);
3882             nb_iargs = TCGOP_CALLI(op);
3883             break;
3884         default:
3885             def = &tcg_op_defs[op->opc];
3886             nb_oargs = def->nb_oargs;
3887             nb_iargs = def->nb_iargs;
3888             break;
3889         }
3890 
3891         for (int i = 0; i < nb_oargs + nb_iargs; ++i) {
3892             TCGTemp *ts = arg_temp(op->args[i]);
3893 
3894             if (ts->kind != TEMP_TB) {
3895                 continue;
3896             }
3897             if (ts->state_ptr == NULL) {
3898                 ts->state_ptr = ebb;
3899             } else if (ts->state_ptr != ebb) {
3900                 ts->state_ptr = multiple_ebb;
3901             }
3902         }
3903     }
3904 
3905     /*
3906      * For TEMP_TB that turned out not to be used beyond one EBB,
3907      * reduce the liveness to TEMP_EBB.
3908      */
3909     for (int i = s->nb_globals; i < nb_temps; ++i) {
3910         TCGTemp *ts = &s->temps[i];
3911         if (ts->kind == TEMP_TB && ts->state_ptr != multiple_ebb) {
3912             ts->kind = TEMP_EBB;
3913         }
3914     }
3915 }
3916 
3917 /* Liveness analysis : update the opc_arg_life array to tell if a
3918    given input arguments is dead. Instructions updating dead
3919    temporaries are removed. */
3920 static void __attribute__((noinline))
3921 liveness_pass_1(TCGContext *s)
3922 {
3923     int nb_globals = s->nb_globals;
3924     int nb_temps = s->nb_temps;
3925     TCGOp *op, *op_prev;
3926     TCGRegSet *prefs;
3927     int i;
3928 
3929     prefs = tcg_malloc(sizeof(TCGRegSet) * nb_temps);
3930     for (i = 0; i < nb_temps; ++i) {
3931         s->temps[i].state_ptr = prefs + i;
3932     }
3933 
3934     /* ??? Should be redundant with the exit_tb that ends the TB.  */
3935     la_func_end(s, nb_globals, nb_temps);
3936 
3937     QTAILQ_FOREACH_REVERSE_SAFE(op, &s->ops, link, op_prev) {
3938         int nb_iargs, nb_oargs;
3939         TCGOpcode opc_new, opc_new2;
3940         TCGLifeData arg_life = 0;
3941         TCGTemp *ts;
3942         TCGOpcode opc = op->opc;
3943         const TCGOpDef *def = &tcg_op_defs[opc];
3944         const TCGArgConstraint *args_ct;
3945 
3946         switch (opc) {
3947         case INDEX_op_call:
3948             {
3949                 const TCGHelperInfo *info = tcg_call_info(op);
3950                 int call_flags = tcg_call_flags(op);
3951 
3952                 nb_oargs = TCGOP_CALLO(op);
3953                 nb_iargs = TCGOP_CALLI(op);
3954 
3955                 /* pure functions can be removed if their result is unused */
3956                 if (call_flags & TCG_CALL_NO_SIDE_EFFECTS) {
3957                     for (i = 0; i < nb_oargs; i++) {
3958                         ts = arg_temp(op->args[i]);
3959                         if (ts->state != TS_DEAD) {
3960                             goto do_not_remove_call;
3961                         }
3962                     }
3963                     goto do_remove;
3964                 }
3965             do_not_remove_call:
3966 
3967                 /* Output args are dead.  */
3968                 for (i = 0; i < nb_oargs; i++) {
3969                     ts = arg_temp(op->args[i]);
3970                     if (ts->state & TS_DEAD) {
3971                         arg_life |= DEAD_ARG << i;
3972                     }
3973                     if (ts->state & TS_MEM) {
3974                         arg_life |= SYNC_ARG << i;
3975                     }
3976                     ts->state = TS_DEAD;
3977                     la_reset_pref(ts);
3978                 }
3979 
3980                 /* Not used -- it will be tcg_target_call_oarg_reg().  */
3981                 memset(op->output_pref, 0, sizeof(op->output_pref));
3982 
3983                 if (!(call_flags & (TCG_CALL_NO_WRITE_GLOBALS |
3984                                     TCG_CALL_NO_READ_GLOBALS))) {
3985                     la_global_kill(s, nb_globals);
3986                 } else if (!(call_flags & TCG_CALL_NO_READ_GLOBALS)) {
3987                     la_global_sync(s, nb_globals);
3988                 }
3989 
3990                 /* Record arguments that die in this helper.  */
3991                 for (i = nb_oargs; i < nb_iargs + nb_oargs; i++) {
3992                     ts = arg_temp(op->args[i]);
3993                     if (ts->state & TS_DEAD) {
3994                         arg_life |= DEAD_ARG << i;
3995                     }
3996                 }
3997 
3998                 /* For all live registers, remove call-clobbered prefs.  */
3999                 la_cross_call(s, nb_temps);
4000 
4001                 /*
4002                  * Input arguments are live for preceding opcodes.
4003                  *
4004                  * For those arguments that die, and will be allocated in
4005                  * registers, clear the register set for that arg, to be
4006                  * filled in below.  For args that will be on the stack,
4007                  * reset to any available reg.  Process arguments in reverse
4008                  * order so that if a temp is used more than once, the stack
4009                  * reset to max happens before the register reset to 0.
4010                  */
4011                 for (i = nb_iargs - 1; i >= 0; i--) {
4012                     const TCGCallArgumentLoc *loc = &info->in[i];
4013                     ts = arg_temp(op->args[nb_oargs + i]);
4014 
4015                     if (ts->state & TS_DEAD) {
4016                         switch (loc->kind) {
4017                         case TCG_CALL_ARG_NORMAL:
4018                         case TCG_CALL_ARG_EXTEND_U:
4019                         case TCG_CALL_ARG_EXTEND_S:
4020                             if (arg_slot_reg_p(loc->arg_slot)) {
4021                                 *la_temp_pref(ts) = 0;
4022                                 break;
4023                             }
4024                             /* fall through */
4025                         default:
4026                             *la_temp_pref(ts) =
4027                                 tcg_target_available_regs[ts->type];
4028                             break;
4029                         }
4030                         ts->state &= ~TS_DEAD;
4031                     }
4032                 }
4033 
4034                 /*
4035                  * For each input argument, add its input register to prefs.
4036                  * If a temp is used once, this produces a single set bit;
4037                  * if a temp is used multiple times, this produces a set.
4038                  */
4039                 for (i = 0; i < nb_iargs; i++) {
4040                     const TCGCallArgumentLoc *loc = &info->in[i];
4041                     ts = arg_temp(op->args[nb_oargs + i]);
4042 
4043                     switch (loc->kind) {
4044                     case TCG_CALL_ARG_NORMAL:
4045                     case TCG_CALL_ARG_EXTEND_U:
4046                     case TCG_CALL_ARG_EXTEND_S:
4047                         if (arg_slot_reg_p(loc->arg_slot)) {
4048                             tcg_regset_set_reg(*la_temp_pref(ts),
4049                                 tcg_target_call_iarg_regs[loc->arg_slot]);
4050                         }
4051                         break;
4052                     default:
4053                         break;
4054                     }
4055                 }
4056             }
4057             break;
4058         case INDEX_op_insn_start:
4059             break;
4060         case INDEX_op_discard:
4061             /* mark the temporary as dead */
4062             ts = arg_temp(op->args[0]);
4063             ts->state = TS_DEAD;
4064             la_reset_pref(ts);
4065             break;
4066 
4067         case INDEX_op_add2_i32:
4068         case INDEX_op_add2_i64:
4069             opc_new = INDEX_op_add;
4070             goto do_addsub2;
4071         case INDEX_op_sub2_i32:
4072         case INDEX_op_sub2_i64:
4073             opc_new = INDEX_op_sub;
4074         do_addsub2:
4075             nb_iargs = 4;
4076             nb_oargs = 2;
4077             /* Test if the high part of the operation is dead, but not
4078                the low part.  The result can be optimized to a simple
4079                add or sub.  This happens often for x86_64 guest when the
4080                cpu mode is set to 32 bit.  */
4081             if (arg_temp(op->args[1])->state == TS_DEAD) {
4082                 if (arg_temp(op->args[0])->state == TS_DEAD) {
4083                     goto do_remove;
4084                 }
4085                 /* Replace the opcode and adjust the args in place,
4086                    leaving 3 unused args at the end.  */
4087                 op->opc = opc = opc_new;
4088                 op->args[1] = op->args[2];
4089                 op->args[2] = op->args[4];
4090                 /* Fall through and mark the single-word operation live.  */
4091                 nb_iargs = 2;
4092                 nb_oargs = 1;
4093             }
4094             goto do_not_remove;
4095 
4096         case INDEX_op_muls2:
4097             opc_new = INDEX_op_mul;
4098             opc_new2 = INDEX_op_mulsh;
4099             goto do_mul2;
4100         case INDEX_op_mulu2:
4101             opc_new = INDEX_op_mul;
4102             opc_new2 = INDEX_op_muluh;
4103         do_mul2:
4104             nb_iargs = 2;
4105             nb_oargs = 2;
4106             if (arg_temp(op->args[1])->state == TS_DEAD) {
4107                 if (arg_temp(op->args[0])->state == TS_DEAD) {
4108                     /* Both parts of the operation are dead.  */
4109                     goto do_remove;
4110                 }
4111                 /* The high part of the operation is dead; generate the low. */
4112                 op->opc = opc = opc_new;
4113                 op->args[1] = op->args[2];
4114                 op->args[2] = op->args[3];
4115             } else if (arg_temp(op->args[0])->state == TS_DEAD &&
4116                        tcg_op_supported(opc_new2, TCGOP_TYPE(op), 0)) {
4117                 /* The low part of the operation is dead; generate the high. */
4118                 op->opc = opc = opc_new2;
4119                 op->args[0] = op->args[1];
4120                 op->args[1] = op->args[2];
4121                 op->args[2] = op->args[3];
4122             } else {
4123                 goto do_not_remove;
4124             }
4125             /* Mark the single-word operation live.  */
4126             nb_oargs = 1;
4127             goto do_not_remove;
4128 
4129         default:
4130             /* XXX: optimize by hardcoding common cases (e.g. triadic ops) */
4131             nb_iargs = def->nb_iargs;
4132             nb_oargs = def->nb_oargs;
4133 
4134             /* Test if the operation can be removed because all
4135                its outputs are dead. We assume that nb_oargs == 0
4136                implies side effects */
4137             if (!(def->flags & TCG_OPF_SIDE_EFFECTS) && nb_oargs != 0) {
4138                 for (i = 0; i < nb_oargs; i++) {
4139                     if (arg_temp(op->args[i])->state != TS_DEAD) {
4140                         goto do_not_remove;
4141                     }
4142                 }
4143                 goto do_remove;
4144             }
4145             goto do_not_remove;
4146 
4147         do_remove:
4148             tcg_op_remove(s, op);
4149             break;
4150 
4151         do_not_remove:
4152             for (i = 0; i < nb_oargs; i++) {
4153                 ts = arg_temp(op->args[i]);
4154 
4155                 /* Remember the preference of the uses that followed.  */
4156                 if (i < ARRAY_SIZE(op->output_pref)) {
4157                     op->output_pref[i] = *la_temp_pref(ts);
4158                 }
4159 
4160                 /* Output args are dead.  */
4161                 if (ts->state & TS_DEAD) {
4162                     arg_life |= DEAD_ARG << i;
4163                 }
4164                 if (ts->state & TS_MEM) {
4165                     arg_life |= SYNC_ARG << i;
4166                 }
4167                 ts->state = TS_DEAD;
4168                 la_reset_pref(ts);
4169             }
4170 
4171             /* If end of basic block, update.  */
4172             if (def->flags & TCG_OPF_BB_EXIT) {
4173                 la_func_end(s, nb_globals, nb_temps);
4174             } else if (def->flags & TCG_OPF_COND_BRANCH) {
4175                 la_bb_sync(s, nb_globals, nb_temps);
4176             } else if (def->flags & TCG_OPF_BB_END) {
4177                 la_bb_end(s, nb_globals, nb_temps);
4178             } else if (def->flags & TCG_OPF_SIDE_EFFECTS) {
4179                 la_global_sync(s, nb_globals);
4180                 if (def->flags & TCG_OPF_CALL_CLOBBER) {
4181                     la_cross_call(s, nb_temps);
4182                 }
4183             }
4184 
4185             /* Record arguments that die in this opcode.  */
4186             for (i = nb_oargs; i < nb_oargs + nb_iargs; i++) {
4187                 ts = arg_temp(op->args[i]);
4188                 if (ts->state & TS_DEAD) {
4189                     arg_life |= DEAD_ARG << i;
4190                 }
4191             }
4192 
4193             /* Input arguments are live for preceding opcodes.  */
4194             for (i = nb_oargs; i < nb_oargs + nb_iargs; i++) {
4195                 ts = arg_temp(op->args[i]);
4196                 if (ts->state & TS_DEAD) {
4197                     /* For operands that were dead, initially allow
4198                        all regs for the type.  */
4199                     *la_temp_pref(ts) = tcg_target_available_regs[ts->type];
4200                     ts->state &= ~TS_DEAD;
4201                 }
4202             }
4203 
4204             /* Incorporate constraints for this operand.  */
4205             switch (opc) {
4206             case INDEX_op_mov:
4207                 /* Note that these are TCG_OPF_NOT_PRESENT and do not
4208                    have proper constraints.  That said, special case
4209                    moves to propagate preferences backward.  */
4210                 if (IS_DEAD_ARG(1)) {
4211                     *la_temp_pref(arg_temp(op->args[0]))
4212                         = *la_temp_pref(arg_temp(op->args[1]));
4213                 }
4214                 break;
4215 
4216             default:
4217                 args_ct = opcode_args_ct(op);
4218                 for (i = nb_oargs; i < nb_oargs + nb_iargs; i++) {
4219                     const TCGArgConstraint *ct = &args_ct[i];
4220                     TCGRegSet set, *pset;
4221 
4222                     ts = arg_temp(op->args[i]);
4223                     pset = la_temp_pref(ts);
4224                     set = *pset;
4225 
4226                     set &= ct->regs;
4227                     if (ct->ialias) {
4228                         set &= output_pref(op, ct->alias_index);
4229                     }
4230                     /* If the combination is not possible, restart.  */
4231                     if (set == 0) {
4232                         set = ct->regs;
4233                     }
4234                     *pset = set;
4235                 }
4236                 break;
4237             }
4238             break;
4239         }
4240         op->life = arg_life;
4241     }
4242 }
4243 
4244 /* Liveness analysis: Convert indirect regs to direct temporaries.  */
4245 static bool __attribute__((noinline))
4246 liveness_pass_2(TCGContext *s)
4247 {
4248     int nb_globals = s->nb_globals;
4249     int nb_temps, i;
4250     bool changes = false;
4251     TCGOp *op, *op_next;
4252 
4253     /* Create a temporary for each indirect global.  */
4254     for (i = 0; i < nb_globals; ++i) {
4255         TCGTemp *its = &s->temps[i];
4256         if (its->indirect_reg) {
4257             TCGTemp *dts = tcg_temp_alloc(s);
4258             dts->type = its->type;
4259             dts->base_type = its->base_type;
4260             dts->temp_subindex = its->temp_subindex;
4261             dts->kind = TEMP_EBB;
4262             its->state_ptr = dts;
4263         } else {
4264             its->state_ptr = NULL;
4265         }
4266         /* All globals begin dead.  */
4267         its->state = TS_DEAD;
4268     }
4269     for (nb_temps = s->nb_temps; i < nb_temps; ++i) {
4270         TCGTemp *its = &s->temps[i];
4271         its->state_ptr = NULL;
4272         its->state = TS_DEAD;
4273     }
4274 
4275     QTAILQ_FOREACH_SAFE(op, &s->ops, link, op_next) {
4276         TCGOpcode opc = op->opc;
4277         const TCGOpDef *def = &tcg_op_defs[opc];
4278         TCGLifeData arg_life = op->life;
4279         int nb_iargs, nb_oargs, call_flags;
4280         TCGTemp *arg_ts, *dir_ts;
4281 
4282         if (opc == INDEX_op_call) {
4283             nb_oargs = TCGOP_CALLO(op);
4284             nb_iargs = TCGOP_CALLI(op);
4285             call_flags = tcg_call_flags(op);
4286         } else {
4287             nb_iargs = def->nb_iargs;
4288             nb_oargs = def->nb_oargs;
4289 
4290             /* Set flags similar to how calls require.  */
4291             if (def->flags & TCG_OPF_COND_BRANCH) {
4292                 /* Like reading globals: sync_globals */
4293                 call_flags = TCG_CALL_NO_WRITE_GLOBALS;
4294             } else if (def->flags & TCG_OPF_BB_END) {
4295                 /* Like writing globals: save_globals */
4296                 call_flags = 0;
4297             } else if (def->flags & TCG_OPF_SIDE_EFFECTS) {
4298                 /* Like reading globals: sync_globals */
4299                 call_flags = TCG_CALL_NO_WRITE_GLOBALS;
4300             } else {
4301                 /* No effect on globals.  */
4302                 call_flags = (TCG_CALL_NO_READ_GLOBALS |
4303                               TCG_CALL_NO_WRITE_GLOBALS);
4304             }
4305         }
4306 
4307         /* Make sure that input arguments are available.  */
4308         for (i = nb_oargs; i < nb_iargs + nb_oargs; i++) {
4309             arg_ts = arg_temp(op->args[i]);
4310             dir_ts = arg_ts->state_ptr;
4311             if (dir_ts && arg_ts->state == TS_DEAD) {
4312                 TCGOpcode lopc = (arg_ts->type == TCG_TYPE_I32
4313                                   ? INDEX_op_ld_i32
4314                                   : INDEX_op_ld_i64);
4315                 TCGOp *lop = tcg_op_insert_before(s, op, lopc,
4316                                                   arg_ts->type, 3);
4317 
4318                 lop->args[0] = temp_arg(dir_ts);
4319                 lop->args[1] = temp_arg(arg_ts->mem_base);
4320                 lop->args[2] = arg_ts->mem_offset;
4321 
4322                 /* Loaded, but synced with memory.  */
4323                 arg_ts->state = TS_MEM;
4324             }
4325         }
4326 
4327         /* Perform input replacement, and mark inputs that became dead.
4328            No action is required except keeping temp_state up to date
4329            so that we reload when needed.  */
4330         for (i = nb_oargs; i < nb_iargs + nb_oargs; i++) {
4331             arg_ts = arg_temp(op->args[i]);
4332             dir_ts = arg_ts->state_ptr;
4333             if (dir_ts) {
4334                 op->args[i] = temp_arg(dir_ts);
4335                 changes = true;
4336                 if (IS_DEAD_ARG(i)) {
4337                     arg_ts->state = TS_DEAD;
4338                 }
4339             }
4340         }
4341 
4342         /* Liveness analysis should ensure that the following are
4343            all correct, for call sites and basic block end points.  */
4344         if (call_flags & TCG_CALL_NO_READ_GLOBALS) {
4345             /* Nothing to do */
4346         } else if (call_flags & TCG_CALL_NO_WRITE_GLOBALS) {
4347             for (i = 0; i < nb_globals; ++i) {
4348                 /* Liveness should see that globals are synced back,
4349                    that is, either TS_DEAD or TS_MEM.  */
4350                 arg_ts = &s->temps[i];
4351                 tcg_debug_assert(arg_ts->state_ptr == 0
4352                                  || arg_ts->state != 0);
4353             }
4354         } else {
4355             for (i = 0; i < nb_globals; ++i) {
4356                 /* Liveness should see that globals are saved back,
4357                    that is, TS_DEAD, waiting to be reloaded.  */
4358                 arg_ts = &s->temps[i];
4359                 tcg_debug_assert(arg_ts->state_ptr == 0
4360                                  || arg_ts->state == TS_DEAD);
4361             }
4362         }
4363 
4364         /* Outputs become available.  */
4365         if (opc == INDEX_op_mov) {
4366             arg_ts = arg_temp(op->args[0]);
4367             dir_ts = arg_ts->state_ptr;
4368             if (dir_ts) {
4369                 op->args[0] = temp_arg(dir_ts);
4370                 changes = true;
4371 
4372                 /* The output is now live and modified.  */
4373                 arg_ts->state = 0;
4374 
4375                 if (NEED_SYNC_ARG(0)) {
4376                     TCGOpcode sopc = (arg_ts->type == TCG_TYPE_I32
4377                                       ? INDEX_op_st_i32
4378                                       : INDEX_op_st_i64);
4379                     TCGOp *sop = tcg_op_insert_after(s, op, sopc,
4380                                                      arg_ts->type, 3);
4381                     TCGTemp *out_ts = dir_ts;
4382 
4383                     if (IS_DEAD_ARG(0)) {
4384                         out_ts = arg_temp(op->args[1]);
4385                         arg_ts->state = TS_DEAD;
4386                         tcg_op_remove(s, op);
4387                     } else {
4388                         arg_ts->state = TS_MEM;
4389                     }
4390 
4391                     sop->args[0] = temp_arg(out_ts);
4392                     sop->args[1] = temp_arg(arg_ts->mem_base);
4393                     sop->args[2] = arg_ts->mem_offset;
4394                 } else {
4395                     tcg_debug_assert(!IS_DEAD_ARG(0));
4396                 }
4397             }
4398         } else {
4399             for (i = 0; i < nb_oargs; i++) {
4400                 arg_ts = arg_temp(op->args[i]);
4401                 dir_ts = arg_ts->state_ptr;
4402                 if (!dir_ts) {
4403                     continue;
4404                 }
4405                 op->args[i] = temp_arg(dir_ts);
4406                 changes = true;
4407 
4408                 /* The output is now live and modified.  */
4409                 arg_ts->state = 0;
4410 
4411                 /* Sync outputs upon their last write.  */
4412                 if (NEED_SYNC_ARG(i)) {
4413                     TCGOpcode sopc = (arg_ts->type == TCG_TYPE_I32
4414                                       ? INDEX_op_st_i32
4415                                       : INDEX_op_st_i64);
4416                     TCGOp *sop = tcg_op_insert_after(s, op, sopc,
4417                                                      arg_ts->type, 3);
4418 
4419                     sop->args[0] = temp_arg(dir_ts);
4420                     sop->args[1] = temp_arg(arg_ts->mem_base);
4421                     sop->args[2] = arg_ts->mem_offset;
4422 
4423                     arg_ts->state = TS_MEM;
4424                 }
4425                 /* Drop outputs that are dead.  */
4426                 if (IS_DEAD_ARG(i)) {
4427                     arg_ts->state = TS_DEAD;
4428                 }
4429             }
4430         }
4431     }
4432 
4433     return changes;
4434 }
4435 
4436 static void temp_allocate_frame(TCGContext *s, TCGTemp *ts)
4437 {
4438     intptr_t off;
4439     int size, align;
4440 
4441     /* When allocating an object, look at the full type. */
4442     size = tcg_type_size(ts->base_type);
4443     switch (ts->base_type) {
4444     case TCG_TYPE_I32:
4445         align = 4;
4446         break;
4447     case TCG_TYPE_I64:
4448     case TCG_TYPE_V64:
4449         align = 8;
4450         break;
4451     case TCG_TYPE_I128:
4452     case TCG_TYPE_V128:
4453     case TCG_TYPE_V256:
4454         /*
4455          * Note that we do not require aligned storage for V256,
4456          * and that we provide alignment for I128 to match V128,
4457          * even if that's above what the host ABI requires.
4458          */
4459         align = 16;
4460         break;
4461     default:
4462         g_assert_not_reached();
4463     }
4464 
4465     /*
4466      * Assume the stack is sufficiently aligned.
4467      * This affects e.g. ARM NEON, where we have 8 byte stack alignment
4468      * and do not require 16 byte vector alignment.  This seems slightly
4469      * easier than fully parameterizing the above switch statement.
4470      */
4471     align = MIN(TCG_TARGET_STACK_ALIGN, align);
4472     off = ROUND_UP(s->current_frame_offset, align);
4473 
4474     /* If we've exhausted the stack frame, restart with a smaller TB. */
4475     if (off + size > s->frame_end) {
4476         tcg_raise_tb_overflow(s);
4477     }
4478     s->current_frame_offset = off + size;
4479 #if defined(__sparc__)
4480     off += TCG_TARGET_STACK_BIAS;
4481 #endif
4482 
4483     /* If the object was subdivided, assign memory to all the parts. */
4484     if (ts->base_type != ts->type) {
4485         int part_size = tcg_type_size(ts->type);
4486         int part_count = size / part_size;
4487 
4488         /*
4489          * Each part is allocated sequentially in tcg_temp_new_internal.
4490          * Jump back to the first part by subtracting the current index.
4491          */
4492         ts -= ts->temp_subindex;
4493         for (int i = 0; i < part_count; ++i) {
4494             ts[i].mem_offset = off + i * part_size;
4495             ts[i].mem_base = s->frame_temp;
4496             ts[i].mem_allocated = 1;
4497         }
4498     } else {
4499         ts->mem_offset = off;
4500         ts->mem_base = s->frame_temp;
4501         ts->mem_allocated = 1;
4502     }
4503 }
4504 
4505 /* Assign @reg to @ts, and update reg_to_temp[]. */
4506 static void set_temp_val_reg(TCGContext *s, TCGTemp *ts, TCGReg reg)
4507 {
4508     if (ts->val_type == TEMP_VAL_REG) {
4509         TCGReg old = ts->reg;
4510         tcg_debug_assert(s->reg_to_temp[old] == ts);
4511         if (old == reg) {
4512             return;
4513         }
4514         s->reg_to_temp[old] = NULL;
4515     }
4516     tcg_debug_assert(s->reg_to_temp[reg] == NULL);
4517     s->reg_to_temp[reg] = ts;
4518     ts->val_type = TEMP_VAL_REG;
4519     ts->reg = reg;
4520 }
4521 
4522 /* Assign a non-register value type to @ts, and update reg_to_temp[]. */
4523 static void set_temp_val_nonreg(TCGContext *s, TCGTemp *ts, TCGTempVal type)
4524 {
4525     tcg_debug_assert(type != TEMP_VAL_REG);
4526     if (ts->val_type == TEMP_VAL_REG) {
4527         TCGReg reg = ts->reg;
4528         tcg_debug_assert(s->reg_to_temp[reg] == ts);
4529         s->reg_to_temp[reg] = NULL;
4530     }
4531     ts->val_type = type;
4532 }
4533 
4534 static void temp_load(TCGContext *, TCGTemp *, TCGRegSet, TCGRegSet, TCGRegSet);
4535 
4536 /* Mark a temporary as free or dead.  If 'free_or_dead' is negative,
4537    mark it free; otherwise mark it dead.  */
4538 static void temp_free_or_dead(TCGContext *s, TCGTemp *ts, int free_or_dead)
4539 {
4540     TCGTempVal new_type;
4541 
4542     switch (ts->kind) {
4543     case TEMP_FIXED:
4544         return;
4545     case TEMP_GLOBAL:
4546     case TEMP_TB:
4547         new_type = TEMP_VAL_MEM;
4548         break;
4549     case TEMP_EBB:
4550         new_type = free_or_dead < 0 ? TEMP_VAL_MEM : TEMP_VAL_DEAD;
4551         break;
4552     case TEMP_CONST:
4553         new_type = TEMP_VAL_CONST;
4554         break;
4555     default:
4556         g_assert_not_reached();
4557     }
4558     set_temp_val_nonreg(s, ts, new_type);
4559 }
4560 
4561 /* Mark a temporary as dead.  */
4562 static inline void temp_dead(TCGContext *s, TCGTemp *ts)
4563 {
4564     temp_free_or_dead(s, ts, 1);
4565 }
4566 
4567 /* Sync a temporary to memory. 'allocated_regs' is used in case a temporary
4568    registers needs to be allocated to store a constant.  If 'free_or_dead'
4569    is non-zero, subsequently release the temporary; if it is positive, the
4570    temp is dead; if it is negative, the temp is free.  */
4571 static void temp_sync(TCGContext *s, TCGTemp *ts, TCGRegSet allocated_regs,
4572                       TCGRegSet preferred_regs, int free_or_dead)
4573 {
4574     if (!temp_readonly(ts) && !ts->mem_coherent) {
4575         if (!ts->mem_allocated) {
4576             temp_allocate_frame(s, ts);
4577         }
4578         switch (ts->val_type) {
4579         case TEMP_VAL_CONST:
4580             /* If we're going to free the temp immediately, then we won't
4581                require it later in a register, so attempt to store the
4582                constant to memory directly.  */
4583             if (free_or_dead
4584                 && tcg_out_sti(s, ts->type, ts->val,
4585                                ts->mem_base->reg, ts->mem_offset)) {
4586                 break;
4587             }
4588             temp_load(s, ts, tcg_target_available_regs[ts->type],
4589                       allocated_regs, preferred_regs);
4590             /* fallthrough */
4591 
4592         case TEMP_VAL_REG:
4593             tcg_out_st(s, ts->type, ts->reg,
4594                        ts->mem_base->reg, ts->mem_offset);
4595             break;
4596 
4597         case TEMP_VAL_MEM:
4598             break;
4599 
4600         case TEMP_VAL_DEAD:
4601         default:
4602             g_assert_not_reached();
4603         }
4604         ts->mem_coherent = 1;
4605     }
4606     if (free_or_dead) {
4607         temp_free_or_dead(s, ts, free_or_dead);
4608     }
4609 }
4610 
4611 /* free register 'reg' by spilling the corresponding temporary if necessary */
4612 static void tcg_reg_free(TCGContext *s, TCGReg reg, TCGRegSet allocated_regs)
4613 {
4614     TCGTemp *ts = s->reg_to_temp[reg];
4615     if (ts != NULL) {
4616         temp_sync(s, ts, allocated_regs, 0, -1);
4617     }
4618 }
4619 
4620 /**
4621  * tcg_reg_alloc:
4622  * @required_regs: Set of registers in which we must allocate.
4623  * @allocated_regs: Set of registers which must be avoided.
4624  * @preferred_regs: Set of registers we should prefer.
4625  * @rev: True if we search the registers in "indirect" order.
4626  *
4627  * The allocated register must be in @required_regs & ~@allocated_regs,
4628  * but if we can put it in @preferred_regs we may save a move later.
4629  */
4630 static TCGReg tcg_reg_alloc(TCGContext *s, TCGRegSet required_regs,
4631                             TCGRegSet allocated_regs,
4632                             TCGRegSet preferred_regs, bool rev)
4633 {
4634     int i, j, f, n = ARRAY_SIZE(tcg_target_reg_alloc_order);
4635     TCGRegSet reg_ct[2];
4636     const int *order;
4637 
4638     reg_ct[1] = required_regs & ~allocated_regs;
4639     tcg_debug_assert(reg_ct[1] != 0);
4640     reg_ct[0] = reg_ct[1] & preferred_regs;
4641 
4642     /* Skip the preferred_regs option if it cannot be satisfied,
4643        or if the preference made no difference.  */
4644     f = reg_ct[0] == 0 || reg_ct[0] == reg_ct[1];
4645 
4646     order = rev ? indirect_reg_alloc_order : tcg_target_reg_alloc_order;
4647 
4648     /* Try free registers, preferences first.  */
4649     for (j = f; j < 2; j++) {
4650         TCGRegSet set = reg_ct[j];
4651 
4652         if (tcg_regset_single(set)) {
4653             /* One register in the set.  */
4654             TCGReg reg = tcg_regset_first(set);
4655             if (s->reg_to_temp[reg] == NULL) {
4656                 return reg;
4657             }
4658         } else {
4659             for (i = 0; i < n; i++) {
4660                 TCGReg reg = order[i];
4661                 if (s->reg_to_temp[reg] == NULL &&
4662                     tcg_regset_test_reg(set, reg)) {
4663                     return reg;
4664                 }
4665             }
4666         }
4667     }
4668 
4669     /* We must spill something.  */
4670     for (j = f; j < 2; j++) {
4671         TCGRegSet set = reg_ct[j];
4672 
4673         if (tcg_regset_single(set)) {
4674             /* One register in the set.  */
4675             TCGReg reg = tcg_regset_first(set);
4676             tcg_reg_free(s, reg, allocated_regs);
4677             return reg;
4678         } else {
4679             for (i = 0; i < n; i++) {
4680                 TCGReg reg = order[i];
4681                 if (tcg_regset_test_reg(set, reg)) {
4682                     tcg_reg_free(s, reg, allocated_regs);
4683                     return reg;
4684                 }
4685             }
4686         }
4687     }
4688 
4689     g_assert_not_reached();
4690 }
4691 
4692 static TCGReg tcg_reg_alloc_pair(TCGContext *s, TCGRegSet required_regs,
4693                                  TCGRegSet allocated_regs,
4694                                  TCGRegSet preferred_regs, bool rev)
4695 {
4696     int i, j, k, fmin, n = ARRAY_SIZE(tcg_target_reg_alloc_order);
4697     TCGRegSet reg_ct[2];
4698     const int *order;
4699 
4700     /* Ensure that if I is not in allocated_regs, I+1 is not either. */
4701     reg_ct[1] = required_regs & ~(allocated_regs | (allocated_regs >> 1));
4702     tcg_debug_assert(reg_ct[1] != 0);
4703     reg_ct[0] = reg_ct[1] & preferred_regs;
4704 
4705     order = rev ? indirect_reg_alloc_order : tcg_target_reg_alloc_order;
4706 
4707     /*
4708      * Skip the preferred_regs option if it cannot be satisfied,
4709      * or if the preference made no difference.
4710      */
4711     k = reg_ct[0] == 0 || reg_ct[0] == reg_ct[1];
4712 
4713     /*
4714      * Minimize the number of flushes by looking for 2 free registers first,
4715      * then a single flush, then two flushes.
4716      */
4717     for (fmin = 2; fmin >= 0; fmin--) {
4718         for (j = k; j < 2; j++) {
4719             TCGRegSet set = reg_ct[j];
4720 
4721             for (i = 0; i < n; i++) {
4722                 TCGReg reg = order[i];
4723 
4724                 if (tcg_regset_test_reg(set, reg)) {
4725                     int f = !s->reg_to_temp[reg] + !s->reg_to_temp[reg + 1];
4726                     if (f >= fmin) {
4727                         tcg_reg_free(s, reg, allocated_regs);
4728                         tcg_reg_free(s, reg + 1, allocated_regs);
4729                         return reg;
4730                     }
4731                 }
4732             }
4733         }
4734     }
4735     g_assert_not_reached();
4736 }
4737 
4738 /* Make sure the temporary is in a register.  If needed, allocate the register
4739    from DESIRED while avoiding ALLOCATED.  */
4740 static void temp_load(TCGContext *s, TCGTemp *ts, TCGRegSet desired_regs,
4741                       TCGRegSet allocated_regs, TCGRegSet preferred_regs)
4742 {
4743     TCGReg reg;
4744 
4745     switch (ts->val_type) {
4746     case TEMP_VAL_REG:
4747         return;
4748     case TEMP_VAL_CONST:
4749         reg = tcg_reg_alloc(s, desired_regs, allocated_regs,
4750                             preferred_regs, ts->indirect_base);
4751         if (ts->type <= TCG_TYPE_I64) {
4752             tcg_out_movi(s, ts->type, reg, ts->val);
4753         } else {
4754             uint64_t val = ts->val;
4755             MemOp vece = MO_64;
4756 
4757             /*
4758              * Find the minimal vector element that matches the constant.
4759              * The targets will, in general, have to do this search anyway,
4760              * do this generically.
4761              */
4762             if (val == dup_const(MO_8, val)) {
4763                 vece = MO_8;
4764             } else if (val == dup_const(MO_16, val)) {
4765                 vece = MO_16;
4766             } else if (val == dup_const(MO_32, val)) {
4767                 vece = MO_32;
4768             }
4769 
4770             tcg_out_dupi_vec(s, ts->type, vece, reg, ts->val);
4771         }
4772         ts->mem_coherent = 0;
4773         break;
4774     case TEMP_VAL_MEM:
4775         if (!ts->mem_allocated) {
4776             temp_allocate_frame(s, ts);
4777         }
4778         reg = tcg_reg_alloc(s, desired_regs, allocated_regs,
4779                             preferred_regs, ts->indirect_base);
4780         tcg_out_ld(s, ts->type, reg, ts->mem_base->reg, ts->mem_offset);
4781         ts->mem_coherent = 1;
4782         break;
4783     case TEMP_VAL_DEAD:
4784     default:
4785         g_assert_not_reached();
4786     }
4787     set_temp_val_reg(s, ts, reg);
4788 }
4789 
4790 /* Save a temporary to memory. 'allocated_regs' is used in case a
4791    temporary registers needs to be allocated to store a constant.  */
4792 static void temp_save(TCGContext *s, TCGTemp *ts, TCGRegSet allocated_regs)
4793 {
4794     /* The liveness analysis already ensures that globals are back
4795        in memory. Keep an tcg_debug_assert for safety. */
4796     tcg_debug_assert(ts->val_type == TEMP_VAL_MEM || temp_readonly(ts));
4797 }
4798 
4799 /* save globals to their canonical location and assume they can be
4800    modified be the following code. 'allocated_regs' is used in case a
4801    temporary registers needs to be allocated to store a constant. */
4802 static void save_globals(TCGContext *s, TCGRegSet allocated_regs)
4803 {
4804     int i, n;
4805 
4806     for (i = 0, n = s->nb_globals; i < n; i++) {
4807         temp_save(s, &s->temps[i], allocated_regs);
4808     }
4809 }
4810 
4811 /* sync globals to their canonical location and assume they can be
4812    read by the following code. 'allocated_regs' is used in case a
4813    temporary registers needs to be allocated to store a constant. */
4814 static void sync_globals(TCGContext *s, TCGRegSet allocated_regs)
4815 {
4816     int i, n;
4817 
4818     for (i = 0, n = s->nb_globals; i < n; i++) {
4819         TCGTemp *ts = &s->temps[i];
4820         tcg_debug_assert(ts->val_type != TEMP_VAL_REG
4821                          || ts->kind == TEMP_FIXED
4822                          || ts->mem_coherent);
4823     }
4824 }
4825 
4826 /* at the end of a basic block, we assume all temporaries are dead and
4827    all globals are stored at their canonical location. */
4828 static void tcg_reg_alloc_bb_end(TCGContext *s, TCGRegSet allocated_regs)
4829 {
4830     int i;
4831 
4832     for (i = s->nb_globals; i < s->nb_temps; i++) {
4833         TCGTemp *ts = &s->temps[i];
4834 
4835         switch (ts->kind) {
4836         case TEMP_TB:
4837             temp_save(s, ts, allocated_regs);
4838             break;
4839         case TEMP_EBB:
4840             /* The liveness analysis already ensures that temps are dead.
4841                Keep an tcg_debug_assert for safety. */
4842             tcg_debug_assert(ts->val_type == TEMP_VAL_DEAD);
4843             break;
4844         case TEMP_CONST:
4845             /* Similarly, we should have freed any allocated register. */
4846             tcg_debug_assert(ts->val_type == TEMP_VAL_CONST);
4847             break;
4848         default:
4849             g_assert_not_reached();
4850         }
4851     }
4852 
4853     save_globals(s, allocated_regs);
4854 }
4855 
4856 /*
4857  * At a conditional branch, we assume all temporaries are dead unless
4858  * explicitly live-across-conditional-branch; all globals and local
4859  * temps are synced to their location.
4860  */
4861 static void tcg_reg_alloc_cbranch(TCGContext *s, TCGRegSet allocated_regs)
4862 {
4863     sync_globals(s, allocated_regs);
4864 
4865     for (int i = s->nb_globals; i < s->nb_temps; i++) {
4866         TCGTemp *ts = &s->temps[i];
4867         /*
4868          * The liveness analysis already ensures that temps are dead.
4869          * Keep tcg_debug_asserts for safety.
4870          */
4871         switch (ts->kind) {
4872         case TEMP_TB:
4873             tcg_debug_assert(ts->val_type != TEMP_VAL_REG || ts->mem_coherent);
4874             break;
4875         case TEMP_EBB:
4876         case TEMP_CONST:
4877             break;
4878         default:
4879             g_assert_not_reached();
4880         }
4881     }
4882 }
4883 
4884 /*
4885  * Specialized code generation for INDEX_op_mov_* with a constant.
4886  */
4887 static void tcg_reg_alloc_do_movi(TCGContext *s, TCGTemp *ots,
4888                                   tcg_target_ulong val, TCGLifeData arg_life,
4889                                   TCGRegSet preferred_regs)
4890 {
4891     /* ENV should not be modified.  */
4892     tcg_debug_assert(!temp_readonly(ots));
4893 
4894     /* The movi is not explicitly generated here.  */
4895     set_temp_val_nonreg(s, ots, TEMP_VAL_CONST);
4896     ots->val = val;
4897     ots->mem_coherent = 0;
4898     if (NEED_SYNC_ARG(0)) {
4899         temp_sync(s, ots, s->reserved_regs, preferred_regs, IS_DEAD_ARG(0));
4900     } else if (IS_DEAD_ARG(0)) {
4901         temp_dead(s, ots);
4902     }
4903 }
4904 
4905 /*
4906  * Specialized code generation for INDEX_op_mov_*.
4907  */
4908 static void tcg_reg_alloc_mov(TCGContext *s, const TCGOp *op)
4909 {
4910     const TCGLifeData arg_life = op->life;
4911     TCGRegSet allocated_regs, preferred_regs;
4912     TCGTemp *ts, *ots;
4913     TCGType otype, itype;
4914     TCGReg oreg, ireg;
4915 
4916     allocated_regs = s->reserved_regs;
4917     preferred_regs = output_pref(op, 0);
4918     ots = arg_temp(op->args[0]);
4919     ts = arg_temp(op->args[1]);
4920 
4921     /* ENV should not be modified.  */
4922     tcg_debug_assert(!temp_readonly(ots));
4923 
4924     /* Note that otype != itype for no-op truncation.  */
4925     otype = ots->type;
4926     itype = ts->type;
4927 
4928     if (ts->val_type == TEMP_VAL_CONST) {
4929         /* propagate constant or generate sti */
4930         tcg_target_ulong val = ts->val;
4931         if (IS_DEAD_ARG(1)) {
4932             temp_dead(s, ts);
4933         }
4934         tcg_reg_alloc_do_movi(s, ots, val, arg_life, preferred_regs);
4935         return;
4936     }
4937 
4938     /* If the source value is in memory we're going to be forced
4939        to have it in a register in order to perform the copy.  Copy
4940        the SOURCE value into its own register first, that way we
4941        don't have to reload SOURCE the next time it is used. */
4942     if (ts->val_type == TEMP_VAL_MEM) {
4943         temp_load(s, ts, tcg_target_available_regs[itype],
4944                   allocated_regs, preferred_regs);
4945     }
4946     tcg_debug_assert(ts->val_type == TEMP_VAL_REG);
4947     ireg = ts->reg;
4948 
4949     if (IS_DEAD_ARG(0)) {
4950         /* mov to a non-saved dead register makes no sense (even with
4951            liveness analysis disabled). */
4952         tcg_debug_assert(NEED_SYNC_ARG(0));
4953         if (!ots->mem_allocated) {
4954             temp_allocate_frame(s, ots);
4955         }
4956         tcg_out_st(s, otype, ireg, ots->mem_base->reg, ots->mem_offset);
4957         if (IS_DEAD_ARG(1)) {
4958             temp_dead(s, ts);
4959         }
4960         temp_dead(s, ots);
4961         return;
4962     }
4963 
4964     if (IS_DEAD_ARG(1) && ts->kind != TEMP_FIXED) {
4965         /*
4966          * The mov can be suppressed.  Kill input first, so that it
4967          * is unlinked from reg_to_temp, then set the output to the
4968          * reg that we saved from the input.
4969          */
4970         temp_dead(s, ts);
4971         oreg = ireg;
4972     } else {
4973         if (ots->val_type == TEMP_VAL_REG) {
4974             oreg = ots->reg;
4975         } else {
4976             /* Make sure to not spill the input register during allocation. */
4977             oreg = tcg_reg_alloc(s, tcg_target_available_regs[otype],
4978                                  allocated_regs | ((TCGRegSet)1 << ireg),
4979                                  preferred_regs, ots->indirect_base);
4980         }
4981         if (!tcg_out_mov(s, otype, oreg, ireg)) {
4982             /*
4983              * Cross register class move not supported.
4984              * Store the source register into the destination slot
4985              * and leave the destination temp as TEMP_VAL_MEM.
4986              */
4987             assert(!temp_readonly(ots));
4988             if (!ts->mem_allocated) {
4989                 temp_allocate_frame(s, ots);
4990             }
4991             tcg_out_st(s, ts->type, ireg, ots->mem_base->reg, ots->mem_offset);
4992             set_temp_val_nonreg(s, ts, TEMP_VAL_MEM);
4993             ots->mem_coherent = 1;
4994             return;
4995         }
4996     }
4997     set_temp_val_reg(s, ots, oreg);
4998     ots->mem_coherent = 0;
4999 
5000     if (NEED_SYNC_ARG(0)) {
5001         temp_sync(s, ots, allocated_regs, 0, 0);
5002     }
5003 }
5004 
5005 /*
5006  * Specialized code generation for INDEX_op_dup_vec.
5007  */
5008 static void tcg_reg_alloc_dup(TCGContext *s, const TCGOp *op)
5009 {
5010     const TCGLifeData arg_life = op->life;
5011     TCGRegSet dup_out_regs, dup_in_regs;
5012     const TCGArgConstraint *dup_args_ct;
5013     TCGTemp *its, *ots;
5014     TCGType itype, vtype;
5015     unsigned vece;
5016     int lowpart_ofs;
5017     bool ok;
5018 
5019     ots = arg_temp(op->args[0]);
5020     its = arg_temp(op->args[1]);
5021 
5022     /* ENV should not be modified.  */
5023     tcg_debug_assert(!temp_readonly(ots));
5024 
5025     itype = its->type;
5026     vece = TCGOP_VECE(op);
5027     vtype = TCGOP_TYPE(op);
5028 
5029     if (its->val_type == TEMP_VAL_CONST) {
5030         /* Propagate constant via movi -> dupi.  */
5031         tcg_target_ulong val = its->val;
5032         if (IS_DEAD_ARG(1)) {
5033             temp_dead(s, its);
5034         }
5035         tcg_reg_alloc_do_movi(s, ots, val, arg_life, output_pref(op, 0));
5036         return;
5037     }
5038 
5039     dup_args_ct = opcode_args_ct(op);
5040     dup_out_regs = dup_args_ct[0].regs;
5041     dup_in_regs = dup_args_ct[1].regs;
5042 
5043     /* Allocate the output register now.  */
5044     if (ots->val_type != TEMP_VAL_REG) {
5045         TCGRegSet allocated_regs = s->reserved_regs;
5046         TCGReg oreg;
5047 
5048         if (!IS_DEAD_ARG(1) && its->val_type == TEMP_VAL_REG) {
5049             /* Make sure to not spill the input register. */
5050             tcg_regset_set_reg(allocated_regs, its->reg);
5051         }
5052         oreg = tcg_reg_alloc(s, dup_out_regs, allocated_regs,
5053                              output_pref(op, 0), ots->indirect_base);
5054         set_temp_val_reg(s, ots, oreg);
5055     }
5056 
5057     switch (its->val_type) {
5058     case TEMP_VAL_REG:
5059         /*
5060          * The dup constriaints must be broad, covering all possible VECE.
5061          * However, tcg_op_dup_vec() gets to see the VECE and we allow it
5062          * to fail, indicating that extra moves are required for that case.
5063          */
5064         if (tcg_regset_test_reg(dup_in_regs, its->reg)) {
5065             if (tcg_out_dup_vec(s, vtype, vece, ots->reg, its->reg)) {
5066                 goto done;
5067             }
5068             /* Try again from memory or a vector input register.  */
5069         }
5070         if (!its->mem_coherent) {
5071             /*
5072              * The input register is not synced, and so an extra store
5073              * would be required to use memory.  Attempt an integer-vector
5074              * register move first.  We do not have a TCGRegSet for this.
5075              */
5076             if (tcg_out_mov(s, itype, ots->reg, its->reg)) {
5077                 break;
5078             }
5079             /* Sync the temp back to its slot and load from there.  */
5080             temp_sync(s, its, s->reserved_regs, 0, 0);
5081         }
5082         /* fall through */
5083 
5084     case TEMP_VAL_MEM:
5085         lowpart_ofs = 0;
5086         if (HOST_BIG_ENDIAN) {
5087             lowpart_ofs = tcg_type_size(itype) - (1 << vece);
5088         }
5089         if (tcg_out_dupm_vec(s, vtype, vece, ots->reg, its->mem_base->reg,
5090                              its->mem_offset + lowpart_ofs)) {
5091             goto done;
5092         }
5093         /* Load the input into the destination vector register. */
5094         tcg_out_ld(s, itype, ots->reg, its->mem_base->reg, its->mem_offset);
5095         break;
5096 
5097     default:
5098         g_assert_not_reached();
5099     }
5100 
5101     /* We now have a vector input register, so dup must succeed. */
5102     ok = tcg_out_dup_vec(s, vtype, vece, ots->reg, ots->reg);
5103     tcg_debug_assert(ok);
5104 
5105  done:
5106     ots->mem_coherent = 0;
5107     if (IS_DEAD_ARG(1)) {
5108         temp_dead(s, its);
5109     }
5110     if (NEED_SYNC_ARG(0)) {
5111         temp_sync(s, ots, s->reserved_regs, 0, 0);
5112     }
5113     if (IS_DEAD_ARG(0)) {
5114         temp_dead(s, ots);
5115     }
5116 }
5117 
5118 static void tcg_reg_alloc_op(TCGContext *s, const TCGOp *op)
5119 {
5120     const TCGLifeData arg_life = op->life;
5121     const TCGOpDef * const def = &tcg_op_defs[op->opc];
5122     TCGRegSet i_allocated_regs;
5123     TCGRegSet o_allocated_regs;
5124     int i, k, nb_iargs, nb_oargs;
5125     TCGReg reg;
5126     TCGArg arg;
5127     const TCGArgConstraint *args_ct;
5128     const TCGArgConstraint *arg_ct;
5129     TCGTemp *ts;
5130     TCGArg new_args[TCG_MAX_OP_ARGS];
5131     int const_args[TCG_MAX_OP_ARGS];
5132     TCGCond op_cond;
5133 
5134     nb_oargs = def->nb_oargs;
5135     nb_iargs = def->nb_iargs;
5136 
5137     /* copy constants */
5138     memcpy(new_args + nb_oargs + nb_iargs,
5139            op->args + nb_oargs + nb_iargs,
5140            sizeof(TCGArg) * def->nb_cargs);
5141 
5142     i_allocated_regs = s->reserved_regs;
5143     o_allocated_regs = s->reserved_regs;
5144 
5145     switch (op->opc) {
5146     case INDEX_op_brcond:
5147         op_cond = op->args[2];
5148         break;
5149     case INDEX_op_setcond:
5150     case INDEX_op_negsetcond:
5151     case INDEX_op_cmp_vec:
5152         op_cond = op->args[3];
5153         break;
5154     case INDEX_op_brcond2_i32:
5155         op_cond = op->args[4];
5156         break;
5157     case INDEX_op_movcond:
5158     case INDEX_op_setcond2_i32:
5159     case INDEX_op_cmpsel_vec:
5160         op_cond = op->args[5];
5161         break;
5162     default:
5163         /* No condition within opcode. */
5164         op_cond = TCG_COND_ALWAYS;
5165         break;
5166     }
5167 
5168     args_ct = opcode_args_ct(op);
5169 
5170     /* satisfy input constraints */
5171     for (k = 0; k < nb_iargs; k++) {
5172         TCGRegSet i_preferred_regs, i_required_regs;
5173         bool allocate_new_reg, copyto_new_reg;
5174         TCGTemp *ts2;
5175         int i1, i2;
5176 
5177         i = args_ct[nb_oargs + k].sort_index;
5178         arg = op->args[i];
5179         arg_ct = &args_ct[i];
5180         ts = arg_temp(arg);
5181 
5182         if (ts->val_type == TEMP_VAL_CONST) {
5183 #ifdef TCG_REG_ZERO
5184             if (ts->val == 0 && (arg_ct->ct & TCG_CT_REG_ZERO)) {
5185                 /* Hardware zero register: indicate register via non-const. */
5186                 const_args[i] = 0;
5187                 new_args[i] = TCG_REG_ZERO;
5188                 continue;
5189             }
5190 #endif
5191 
5192             if (tcg_target_const_match(ts->val, arg_ct->ct, ts->type,
5193                                        op_cond, TCGOP_VECE(op))) {
5194                 /* constant is OK for instruction */
5195                 const_args[i] = 1;
5196                 new_args[i] = ts->val;
5197                 continue;
5198             }
5199         }
5200 
5201         reg = ts->reg;
5202         i_preferred_regs = 0;
5203         i_required_regs = arg_ct->regs;
5204         allocate_new_reg = false;
5205         copyto_new_reg = false;
5206 
5207         switch (arg_ct->pair) {
5208         case 0: /* not paired */
5209             if (arg_ct->ialias) {
5210                 i_preferred_regs = output_pref(op, arg_ct->alias_index);
5211 
5212                 /*
5213                  * If the input is readonly, then it cannot also be an
5214                  * output and aliased to itself.  If the input is not
5215                  * dead after the instruction, we must allocate a new
5216                  * register and move it.
5217                  */
5218                 if (temp_readonly(ts) || !IS_DEAD_ARG(i)
5219                     || args_ct[arg_ct->alias_index].newreg) {
5220                     allocate_new_reg = true;
5221                 } else if (ts->val_type == TEMP_VAL_REG) {
5222                     /*
5223                      * Check if the current register has already been
5224                      * allocated for another input.
5225                      */
5226                     allocate_new_reg =
5227                         tcg_regset_test_reg(i_allocated_regs, reg);
5228                 }
5229             }
5230             if (!allocate_new_reg) {
5231                 temp_load(s, ts, i_required_regs, i_allocated_regs,
5232                           i_preferred_regs);
5233                 reg = ts->reg;
5234                 allocate_new_reg = !tcg_regset_test_reg(i_required_regs, reg);
5235             }
5236             if (allocate_new_reg) {
5237                 /*
5238                  * Allocate a new register matching the constraint
5239                  * and move the temporary register into it.
5240                  */
5241                 temp_load(s, ts, tcg_target_available_regs[ts->type],
5242                           i_allocated_regs, 0);
5243                 reg = tcg_reg_alloc(s, i_required_regs, i_allocated_regs,
5244                                     i_preferred_regs, ts->indirect_base);
5245                 copyto_new_reg = true;
5246             }
5247             break;
5248 
5249         case 1:
5250             /* First of an input pair; if i1 == i2, the second is an output. */
5251             i1 = i;
5252             i2 = arg_ct->pair_index;
5253             ts2 = i1 != i2 ? arg_temp(op->args[i2]) : NULL;
5254 
5255             /*
5256              * It is easier to default to allocating a new pair
5257              * and to identify a few cases where it's not required.
5258              */
5259             if (arg_ct->ialias) {
5260                 i_preferred_regs = output_pref(op, arg_ct->alias_index);
5261                 if (IS_DEAD_ARG(i1) &&
5262                     IS_DEAD_ARG(i2) &&
5263                     !temp_readonly(ts) &&
5264                     ts->val_type == TEMP_VAL_REG &&
5265                     ts->reg < TCG_TARGET_NB_REGS - 1 &&
5266                     tcg_regset_test_reg(i_required_regs, reg) &&
5267                     !tcg_regset_test_reg(i_allocated_regs, reg) &&
5268                     !tcg_regset_test_reg(i_allocated_regs, reg + 1) &&
5269                     (ts2
5270                      ? ts2->val_type == TEMP_VAL_REG &&
5271                        ts2->reg == reg + 1 &&
5272                        !temp_readonly(ts2)
5273                      : s->reg_to_temp[reg + 1] == NULL)) {
5274                     break;
5275                 }
5276             } else {
5277                 /* Without aliasing, the pair must also be an input. */
5278                 tcg_debug_assert(ts2);
5279                 if (ts->val_type == TEMP_VAL_REG &&
5280                     ts2->val_type == TEMP_VAL_REG &&
5281                     ts2->reg == reg + 1 &&
5282                     tcg_regset_test_reg(i_required_regs, reg)) {
5283                     break;
5284                 }
5285             }
5286             reg = tcg_reg_alloc_pair(s, i_required_regs, i_allocated_regs,
5287                                      0, ts->indirect_base);
5288             goto do_pair;
5289 
5290         case 2: /* pair second */
5291             reg = new_args[arg_ct->pair_index] + 1;
5292             goto do_pair;
5293 
5294         case 3: /* ialias with second output, no first input */
5295             tcg_debug_assert(arg_ct->ialias);
5296             i_preferred_regs = output_pref(op, arg_ct->alias_index);
5297 
5298             if (IS_DEAD_ARG(i) &&
5299                 !temp_readonly(ts) &&
5300                 ts->val_type == TEMP_VAL_REG &&
5301                 reg > 0 &&
5302                 s->reg_to_temp[reg - 1] == NULL &&
5303                 tcg_regset_test_reg(i_required_regs, reg) &&
5304                 !tcg_regset_test_reg(i_allocated_regs, reg) &&
5305                 !tcg_regset_test_reg(i_allocated_regs, reg - 1)) {
5306                 tcg_regset_set_reg(i_allocated_regs, reg - 1);
5307                 break;
5308             }
5309             reg = tcg_reg_alloc_pair(s, i_required_regs >> 1,
5310                                      i_allocated_regs, 0,
5311                                      ts->indirect_base);
5312             tcg_regset_set_reg(i_allocated_regs, reg);
5313             reg += 1;
5314             goto do_pair;
5315 
5316         do_pair:
5317             /*
5318              * If an aliased input is not dead after the instruction,
5319              * we must allocate a new register and move it.
5320              */
5321             if (arg_ct->ialias && (!IS_DEAD_ARG(i) || temp_readonly(ts))) {
5322                 TCGRegSet t_allocated_regs = i_allocated_regs;
5323 
5324                 /*
5325                  * Because of the alias, and the continued life, make sure
5326                  * that the temp is somewhere *other* than the reg pair,
5327                  * and we get a copy in reg.
5328                  */
5329                 tcg_regset_set_reg(t_allocated_regs, reg);
5330                 tcg_regset_set_reg(t_allocated_regs, reg + 1);
5331                 if (ts->val_type == TEMP_VAL_REG && ts->reg == reg) {
5332                     /* If ts was already in reg, copy it somewhere else. */
5333                     TCGReg nr;
5334                     bool ok;
5335 
5336                     tcg_debug_assert(ts->kind != TEMP_FIXED);
5337                     nr = tcg_reg_alloc(s, tcg_target_available_regs[ts->type],
5338                                        t_allocated_regs, 0, ts->indirect_base);
5339                     ok = tcg_out_mov(s, ts->type, nr, reg);
5340                     tcg_debug_assert(ok);
5341 
5342                     set_temp_val_reg(s, ts, nr);
5343                 } else {
5344                     temp_load(s, ts, tcg_target_available_regs[ts->type],
5345                               t_allocated_regs, 0);
5346                     copyto_new_reg = true;
5347                 }
5348             } else {
5349                 /* Preferably allocate to reg, otherwise copy. */
5350                 i_required_regs = (TCGRegSet)1 << reg;
5351                 temp_load(s, ts, i_required_regs, i_allocated_regs,
5352                           i_preferred_regs);
5353                 copyto_new_reg = ts->reg != reg;
5354             }
5355             break;
5356 
5357         default:
5358             g_assert_not_reached();
5359         }
5360 
5361         if (copyto_new_reg) {
5362             if (!tcg_out_mov(s, ts->type, reg, ts->reg)) {
5363                 /*
5364                  * Cross register class move not supported.  Sync the
5365                  * temp back to its slot and load from there.
5366                  */
5367                 temp_sync(s, ts, i_allocated_regs, 0, 0);
5368                 tcg_out_ld(s, ts->type, reg,
5369                            ts->mem_base->reg, ts->mem_offset);
5370             }
5371         }
5372         new_args[i] = reg;
5373         const_args[i] = 0;
5374         tcg_regset_set_reg(i_allocated_regs, reg);
5375     }
5376 
5377     /* mark dead temporaries and free the associated registers */
5378     for (i = nb_oargs; i < nb_oargs + nb_iargs; i++) {
5379         if (IS_DEAD_ARG(i)) {
5380             temp_dead(s, arg_temp(op->args[i]));
5381         }
5382     }
5383 
5384     if (def->flags & TCG_OPF_COND_BRANCH) {
5385         tcg_reg_alloc_cbranch(s, i_allocated_regs);
5386     } else if (def->flags & TCG_OPF_BB_END) {
5387         tcg_reg_alloc_bb_end(s, i_allocated_regs);
5388     } else {
5389         if (def->flags & TCG_OPF_CALL_CLOBBER) {
5390             /* XXX: permit generic clobber register list ? */
5391             for (i = 0; i < TCG_TARGET_NB_REGS; i++) {
5392                 if (tcg_regset_test_reg(tcg_target_call_clobber_regs, i)) {
5393                     tcg_reg_free(s, i, i_allocated_regs);
5394                 }
5395             }
5396         }
5397         if (def->flags & TCG_OPF_SIDE_EFFECTS) {
5398             /* sync globals if the op has side effects and might trigger
5399                an exception. */
5400             sync_globals(s, i_allocated_regs);
5401         }
5402 
5403         /* satisfy the output constraints */
5404         for (k = 0; k < nb_oargs; k++) {
5405             i = args_ct[k].sort_index;
5406             arg = op->args[i];
5407             arg_ct = &args_ct[i];
5408             ts = arg_temp(arg);
5409 
5410             /* ENV should not be modified.  */
5411             tcg_debug_assert(!temp_readonly(ts));
5412 
5413             switch (arg_ct->pair) {
5414             case 0: /* not paired */
5415                 if (arg_ct->oalias && !const_args[arg_ct->alias_index]) {
5416                     reg = new_args[arg_ct->alias_index];
5417                 } else if (arg_ct->newreg) {
5418                     reg = tcg_reg_alloc(s, arg_ct->regs,
5419                                         i_allocated_regs | o_allocated_regs,
5420                                         output_pref(op, k), ts->indirect_base);
5421                 } else {
5422                     reg = tcg_reg_alloc(s, arg_ct->regs, o_allocated_regs,
5423                                         output_pref(op, k), ts->indirect_base);
5424                 }
5425                 break;
5426 
5427             case 1: /* first of pair */
5428                 if (arg_ct->oalias) {
5429                     reg = new_args[arg_ct->alias_index];
5430                 } else if (arg_ct->newreg) {
5431                     reg = tcg_reg_alloc_pair(s, arg_ct->regs,
5432                                              i_allocated_regs | o_allocated_regs,
5433                                              output_pref(op, k),
5434                                              ts->indirect_base);
5435                 } else {
5436                     reg = tcg_reg_alloc_pair(s, arg_ct->regs, o_allocated_regs,
5437                                              output_pref(op, k),
5438                                              ts->indirect_base);
5439                 }
5440                 break;
5441 
5442             case 2: /* second of pair */
5443                 if (arg_ct->oalias) {
5444                     reg = new_args[arg_ct->alias_index];
5445                 } else {
5446                     reg = new_args[arg_ct->pair_index] + 1;
5447                 }
5448                 break;
5449 
5450             case 3: /* first of pair, aliasing with a second input */
5451                 tcg_debug_assert(!arg_ct->newreg);
5452                 reg = new_args[arg_ct->pair_index] - 1;
5453                 break;
5454 
5455             default:
5456                 g_assert_not_reached();
5457             }
5458             tcg_regset_set_reg(o_allocated_regs, reg);
5459             set_temp_val_reg(s, ts, reg);
5460             ts->mem_coherent = 0;
5461             new_args[i] = reg;
5462         }
5463     }
5464 
5465     /* emit instruction */
5466     TCGType type = TCGOP_TYPE(op);
5467     switch (op->opc) {
5468     case INDEX_op_add:
5469     case INDEX_op_and:
5470     case INDEX_op_andc:
5471     case INDEX_op_clz:
5472     case INDEX_op_ctz:
5473     case INDEX_op_divs:
5474     case INDEX_op_divu:
5475     case INDEX_op_eqv:
5476     case INDEX_op_mul:
5477     case INDEX_op_mulsh:
5478     case INDEX_op_muluh:
5479     case INDEX_op_nand:
5480     case INDEX_op_nor:
5481     case INDEX_op_or:
5482     case INDEX_op_orc:
5483     case INDEX_op_rems:
5484     case INDEX_op_remu:
5485     case INDEX_op_rotl:
5486     case INDEX_op_rotr:
5487     case INDEX_op_sar:
5488     case INDEX_op_shl:
5489     case INDEX_op_shr:
5490     case INDEX_op_xor:
5491         {
5492             const TCGOutOpBinary *out =
5493                 container_of(all_outop[op->opc], TCGOutOpBinary, base);
5494 
5495             /* Constants should never appear in the first source operand. */
5496             tcg_debug_assert(!const_args[1]);
5497             if (const_args[2]) {
5498                 out->out_rri(s, type, new_args[0], new_args[1], new_args[2]);
5499             } else {
5500                 out->out_rrr(s, type, new_args[0], new_args[1], new_args[2]);
5501             }
5502         }
5503         break;
5504 
5505     case INDEX_op_sub:
5506         {
5507             const TCGOutOpSubtract *out = &outop_sub;
5508 
5509             /*
5510              * Constants should never appear in the second source operand.
5511              * These are folded to add with negative constant.
5512              */
5513             tcg_debug_assert(!const_args[2]);
5514             if (const_args[1]) {
5515                 out->out_rir(s, type, new_args[0], new_args[1], new_args[2]);
5516             } else {
5517                 out->out_rrr(s, type, new_args[0], new_args[1], new_args[2]);
5518             }
5519         }
5520         break;
5521 
5522     case INDEX_op_bswap64:
5523     case INDEX_op_ext_i32_i64:
5524     case INDEX_op_extu_i32_i64:
5525     case INDEX_op_extrl_i64_i32:
5526     case INDEX_op_extrh_i64_i32:
5527         assert(TCG_TARGET_REG_BITS == 64);
5528         /* fall through */
5529     case INDEX_op_ctpop:
5530     case INDEX_op_neg:
5531     case INDEX_op_not:
5532         {
5533             const TCGOutOpUnary *out =
5534                 container_of(all_outop[op->opc], TCGOutOpUnary, base);
5535 
5536             /* Constants should have been folded. */
5537             tcg_debug_assert(!const_args[1]);
5538             out->out_rr(s, type, new_args[0], new_args[1]);
5539         }
5540         break;
5541 
5542     case INDEX_op_bswap16:
5543     case INDEX_op_bswap32:
5544         {
5545             const TCGOutOpBswap *out =
5546                 container_of(all_outop[op->opc], TCGOutOpBswap, base);
5547 
5548             tcg_debug_assert(!const_args[1]);
5549             out->out_rr(s, type, new_args[0], new_args[1], new_args[2]);
5550         }
5551         break;
5552 
5553     case INDEX_op_deposit:
5554         {
5555             const TCGOutOpDeposit *out = &outop_deposit;
5556 
5557             if (const_args[2]) {
5558                 tcg_debug_assert(!const_args[1]);
5559                 out->out_rri(s, type, new_args[0], new_args[1],
5560                              new_args[2], new_args[3], new_args[4]);
5561             } else if (const_args[1]) {
5562                 tcg_debug_assert(new_args[1] == 0);
5563                 tcg_debug_assert(!const_args[2]);
5564                 out->out_rzr(s, type, new_args[0], new_args[2],
5565                              new_args[3], new_args[4]);
5566             } else {
5567                 out->out_rrr(s, type, new_args[0], new_args[1],
5568                              new_args[2], new_args[3], new_args[4]);
5569             }
5570         }
5571         break;
5572 
5573     case INDEX_op_divs2:
5574     case INDEX_op_divu2:
5575         {
5576             const TCGOutOpDivRem *out =
5577                 container_of(all_outop[op->opc], TCGOutOpDivRem, base);
5578 
5579             /* Only used by x86 and s390x, which use matching constraints. */
5580             tcg_debug_assert(new_args[0] == new_args[2]);
5581             tcg_debug_assert(new_args[1] == new_args[3]);
5582             tcg_debug_assert(!const_args[4]);
5583             out->out_rr01r(s, type, new_args[0], new_args[1], new_args[4]);
5584         }
5585         break;
5586 
5587     case INDEX_op_extract:
5588     case INDEX_op_sextract:
5589         {
5590             const TCGOutOpExtract *out =
5591                 container_of(all_outop[op->opc], TCGOutOpExtract, base);
5592 
5593             tcg_debug_assert(!const_args[1]);
5594             out->out_rr(s, type, new_args[0], new_args[1],
5595                         new_args[2], new_args[3]);
5596         }
5597         break;
5598 
5599     case INDEX_op_extract2:
5600         {
5601             const TCGOutOpExtract2 *out = &outop_extract2;
5602 
5603             tcg_debug_assert(!const_args[1]);
5604             tcg_debug_assert(!const_args[2]);
5605             out->out_rrr(s, type, new_args[0], new_args[1],
5606                          new_args[2], new_args[3]);
5607         }
5608         break;
5609 
5610     case INDEX_op_muls2:
5611     case INDEX_op_mulu2:
5612         {
5613             const TCGOutOpMul2 *out =
5614                 container_of(all_outop[op->opc], TCGOutOpMul2, base);
5615 
5616             tcg_debug_assert(!const_args[2]);
5617             tcg_debug_assert(!const_args[3]);
5618             out->out_rrrr(s, type, new_args[0], new_args[1],
5619                           new_args[2], new_args[3]);
5620         }
5621         break;
5622 
5623     case INDEX_op_brcond:
5624         {
5625             const TCGOutOpBrcond *out = &outop_brcond;
5626             TCGCond cond = new_args[2];
5627             TCGLabel *label = arg_label(new_args[3]);
5628 
5629             tcg_debug_assert(!const_args[0]);
5630             if (const_args[1]) {
5631                 out->out_ri(s, type, cond, new_args[0], new_args[1], label);
5632             } else {
5633                 out->out_rr(s, type, cond, new_args[0], new_args[1], label);
5634             }
5635         }
5636         break;
5637 
5638     case INDEX_op_movcond:
5639         {
5640             const TCGOutOpMovcond *out = &outop_movcond;
5641             TCGCond cond = new_args[5];
5642 
5643             tcg_debug_assert(!const_args[1]);
5644             out->out(s, type, cond, new_args[0],
5645                      new_args[1], new_args[2], const_args[2],
5646                      new_args[3], const_args[3],
5647                      new_args[4], const_args[4]);
5648         }
5649         break;
5650 
5651     case INDEX_op_setcond:
5652     case INDEX_op_negsetcond:
5653         {
5654             const TCGOutOpSetcond *out =
5655                 container_of(all_outop[op->opc], TCGOutOpSetcond, base);
5656             TCGCond cond = new_args[3];
5657 
5658             tcg_debug_assert(!const_args[1]);
5659             if (const_args[2]) {
5660                 out->out_rri(s, type, cond,
5661                              new_args[0], new_args[1], new_args[2]);
5662             } else {
5663                 out->out_rrr(s, type, cond,
5664                              new_args[0], new_args[1], new_args[2]);
5665             }
5666         }
5667         break;
5668 
5669 #if TCG_TARGET_REG_BITS == 32
5670     case INDEX_op_brcond2_i32:
5671         {
5672             const TCGOutOpBrcond2 *out = &outop_brcond2;
5673             TCGCond cond = new_args[4];
5674             TCGLabel *label = arg_label(new_args[5]);
5675 
5676             tcg_debug_assert(!const_args[0]);
5677             tcg_debug_assert(!const_args[1]);
5678             out->out(s, cond, new_args[0], new_args[1],
5679                      new_args[2], const_args[2],
5680                      new_args[3], const_args[3], label);
5681         }
5682         break;
5683     case INDEX_op_setcond2_i32:
5684         {
5685             const TCGOutOpSetcond2 *out = &outop_setcond2;
5686             TCGCond cond = new_args[5];
5687 
5688             tcg_debug_assert(!const_args[1]);
5689             tcg_debug_assert(!const_args[2]);
5690             out->out(s, cond, new_args[0], new_args[1], new_args[2],
5691                      new_args[3], const_args[3], new_args[4], const_args[4]);
5692         }
5693         break;
5694 #else
5695     case INDEX_op_brcond2_i32:
5696     case INDEX_op_setcond2_i32:
5697         g_assert_not_reached();
5698 #endif
5699 
5700     default:
5701         if (def->flags & TCG_OPF_VECTOR) {
5702             tcg_out_vec_op(s, op->opc, type - TCG_TYPE_V64,
5703                            TCGOP_VECE(op), new_args, const_args);
5704         } else {
5705             tcg_out_op(s, op->opc, type, new_args, const_args);
5706         }
5707         break;
5708     }
5709 
5710     /* move the outputs in the correct register if needed */
5711     for(i = 0; i < nb_oargs; i++) {
5712         ts = arg_temp(op->args[i]);
5713 
5714         /* ENV should not be modified.  */
5715         tcg_debug_assert(!temp_readonly(ts));
5716 
5717         if (NEED_SYNC_ARG(i)) {
5718             temp_sync(s, ts, o_allocated_regs, 0, IS_DEAD_ARG(i));
5719         } else if (IS_DEAD_ARG(i)) {
5720             temp_dead(s, ts);
5721         }
5722     }
5723 }
5724 
5725 static bool tcg_reg_alloc_dup2(TCGContext *s, const TCGOp *op)
5726 {
5727     const TCGLifeData arg_life = op->life;
5728     TCGTemp *ots, *itsl, *itsh;
5729     TCGType vtype = TCGOP_TYPE(op);
5730 
5731     /* This opcode is only valid for 32-bit hosts, for 64-bit elements. */
5732     tcg_debug_assert(TCG_TARGET_REG_BITS == 32);
5733     tcg_debug_assert(TCGOP_VECE(op) == MO_64);
5734 
5735     ots = arg_temp(op->args[0]);
5736     itsl = arg_temp(op->args[1]);
5737     itsh = arg_temp(op->args[2]);
5738 
5739     /* ENV should not be modified.  */
5740     tcg_debug_assert(!temp_readonly(ots));
5741 
5742     /* Allocate the output register now.  */
5743     if (ots->val_type != TEMP_VAL_REG) {
5744         TCGRegSet allocated_regs = s->reserved_regs;
5745         TCGRegSet dup_out_regs = opcode_args_ct(op)[0].regs;
5746         TCGReg oreg;
5747 
5748         /* Make sure to not spill the input registers. */
5749         if (!IS_DEAD_ARG(1) && itsl->val_type == TEMP_VAL_REG) {
5750             tcg_regset_set_reg(allocated_regs, itsl->reg);
5751         }
5752         if (!IS_DEAD_ARG(2) && itsh->val_type == TEMP_VAL_REG) {
5753             tcg_regset_set_reg(allocated_regs, itsh->reg);
5754         }
5755 
5756         oreg = tcg_reg_alloc(s, dup_out_regs, allocated_regs,
5757                              output_pref(op, 0), ots->indirect_base);
5758         set_temp_val_reg(s, ots, oreg);
5759     }
5760 
5761     /* Promote dup2 of immediates to dupi_vec. */
5762     if (itsl->val_type == TEMP_VAL_CONST && itsh->val_type == TEMP_VAL_CONST) {
5763         uint64_t val = deposit64(itsl->val, 32, 32, itsh->val);
5764         MemOp vece = MO_64;
5765 
5766         if (val == dup_const(MO_8, val)) {
5767             vece = MO_8;
5768         } else if (val == dup_const(MO_16, val)) {
5769             vece = MO_16;
5770         } else if (val == dup_const(MO_32, val)) {
5771             vece = MO_32;
5772         }
5773 
5774         tcg_out_dupi_vec(s, vtype, vece, ots->reg, val);
5775         goto done;
5776     }
5777 
5778     /* If the two inputs form one 64-bit value, try dupm_vec. */
5779     if (itsl->temp_subindex == HOST_BIG_ENDIAN &&
5780         itsh->temp_subindex == !HOST_BIG_ENDIAN &&
5781         itsl == itsh + (HOST_BIG_ENDIAN ? 1 : -1)) {
5782         TCGTemp *its = itsl - HOST_BIG_ENDIAN;
5783 
5784         temp_sync(s, its + 0, s->reserved_regs, 0, 0);
5785         temp_sync(s, its + 1, s->reserved_regs, 0, 0);
5786 
5787         if (tcg_out_dupm_vec(s, vtype, MO_64, ots->reg,
5788                              its->mem_base->reg, its->mem_offset)) {
5789             goto done;
5790         }
5791     }
5792 
5793     /* Fall back to generic expansion. */
5794     return false;
5795 
5796  done:
5797     ots->mem_coherent = 0;
5798     if (IS_DEAD_ARG(1)) {
5799         temp_dead(s, itsl);
5800     }
5801     if (IS_DEAD_ARG(2)) {
5802         temp_dead(s, itsh);
5803     }
5804     if (NEED_SYNC_ARG(0)) {
5805         temp_sync(s, ots, s->reserved_regs, 0, IS_DEAD_ARG(0));
5806     } else if (IS_DEAD_ARG(0)) {
5807         temp_dead(s, ots);
5808     }
5809     return true;
5810 }
5811 
5812 static void load_arg_reg(TCGContext *s, TCGReg reg, TCGTemp *ts,
5813                          TCGRegSet allocated_regs)
5814 {
5815     if (ts->val_type == TEMP_VAL_REG) {
5816         if (ts->reg != reg) {
5817             tcg_reg_free(s, reg, allocated_regs);
5818             if (!tcg_out_mov(s, ts->type, reg, ts->reg)) {
5819                 /*
5820                  * Cross register class move not supported.  Sync the
5821                  * temp back to its slot and load from there.
5822                  */
5823                 temp_sync(s, ts, allocated_regs, 0, 0);
5824                 tcg_out_ld(s, ts->type, reg,
5825                            ts->mem_base->reg, ts->mem_offset);
5826             }
5827         }
5828     } else {
5829         TCGRegSet arg_set = 0;
5830 
5831         tcg_reg_free(s, reg, allocated_regs);
5832         tcg_regset_set_reg(arg_set, reg);
5833         temp_load(s, ts, arg_set, allocated_regs, 0);
5834     }
5835 }
5836 
5837 static void load_arg_stk(TCGContext *s, unsigned arg_slot, TCGTemp *ts,
5838                          TCGRegSet allocated_regs)
5839 {
5840     /*
5841      * When the destination is on the stack, load up the temp and store.
5842      * If there are many call-saved registers, the temp might live to
5843      * see another use; otherwise it'll be discarded.
5844      */
5845     temp_load(s, ts, tcg_target_available_regs[ts->type], allocated_regs, 0);
5846     tcg_out_st(s, ts->type, ts->reg, TCG_REG_CALL_STACK,
5847                arg_slot_stk_ofs(arg_slot));
5848 }
5849 
5850 static void load_arg_normal(TCGContext *s, const TCGCallArgumentLoc *l,
5851                             TCGTemp *ts, TCGRegSet *allocated_regs)
5852 {
5853     if (arg_slot_reg_p(l->arg_slot)) {
5854         TCGReg reg = tcg_target_call_iarg_regs[l->arg_slot];
5855         load_arg_reg(s, reg, ts, *allocated_regs);
5856         tcg_regset_set_reg(*allocated_regs, reg);
5857     } else {
5858         load_arg_stk(s, l->arg_slot, ts, *allocated_regs);
5859     }
5860 }
5861 
5862 static void load_arg_ref(TCGContext *s, unsigned arg_slot, TCGReg ref_base,
5863                          intptr_t ref_off, TCGRegSet *allocated_regs)
5864 {
5865     TCGReg reg;
5866 
5867     if (arg_slot_reg_p(arg_slot)) {
5868         reg = tcg_target_call_iarg_regs[arg_slot];
5869         tcg_reg_free(s, reg, *allocated_regs);
5870         tcg_out_addi_ptr(s, reg, ref_base, ref_off);
5871         tcg_regset_set_reg(*allocated_regs, reg);
5872     } else {
5873         reg = tcg_reg_alloc(s, tcg_target_available_regs[TCG_TYPE_PTR],
5874                             *allocated_regs, 0, false);
5875         tcg_out_addi_ptr(s, reg, ref_base, ref_off);
5876         tcg_out_st(s, TCG_TYPE_PTR, reg, TCG_REG_CALL_STACK,
5877                    arg_slot_stk_ofs(arg_slot));
5878     }
5879 }
5880 
5881 static void tcg_reg_alloc_call(TCGContext *s, TCGOp *op)
5882 {
5883     const int nb_oargs = TCGOP_CALLO(op);
5884     const int nb_iargs = TCGOP_CALLI(op);
5885     const TCGLifeData arg_life = op->life;
5886     const TCGHelperInfo *info = tcg_call_info(op);
5887     TCGRegSet allocated_regs = s->reserved_regs;
5888     int i;
5889 
5890     /*
5891      * Move inputs into place in reverse order,
5892      * so that we place stacked arguments first.
5893      */
5894     for (i = nb_iargs - 1; i >= 0; --i) {
5895         const TCGCallArgumentLoc *loc = &info->in[i];
5896         TCGTemp *ts = arg_temp(op->args[nb_oargs + i]);
5897 
5898         switch (loc->kind) {
5899         case TCG_CALL_ARG_NORMAL:
5900         case TCG_CALL_ARG_EXTEND_U:
5901         case TCG_CALL_ARG_EXTEND_S:
5902             load_arg_normal(s, loc, ts, &allocated_regs);
5903             break;
5904         case TCG_CALL_ARG_BY_REF:
5905             load_arg_stk(s, loc->ref_slot, ts, allocated_regs);
5906             load_arg_ref(s, loc->arg_slot, TCG_REG_CALL_STACK,
5907                          arg_slot_stk_ofs(loc->ref_slot),
5908                          &allocated_regs);
5909             break;
5910         case TCG_CALL_ARG_BY_REF_N:
5911             load_arg_stk(s, loc->ref_slot, ts, allocated_regs);
5912             break;
5913         default:
5914             g_assert_not_reached();
5915         }
5916     }
5917 
5918     /* Mark dead temporaries and free the associated registers.  */
5919     for (i = nb_oargs; i < nb_iargs + nb_oargs; i++) {
5920         if (IS_DEAD_ARG(i)) {
5921             temp_dead(s, arg_temp(op->args[i]));
5922         }
5923     }
5924 
5925     /* Clobber call registers.  */
5926     for (i = 0; i < TCG_TARGET_NB_REGS; i++) {
5927         if (tcg_regset_test_reg(tcg_target_call_clobber_regs, i)) {
5928             tcg_reg_free(s, i, allocated_regs);
5929         }
5930     }
5931 
5932     /*
5933      * Save globals if they might be written by the helper,
5934      * sync them if they might be read.
5935      */
5936     if (info->flags & TCG_CALL_NO_READ_GLOBALS) {
5937         /* Nothing to do */
5938     } else if (info->flags & TCG_CALL_NO_WRITE_GLOBALS) {
5939         sync_globals(s, allocated_regs);
5940     } else {
5941         save_globals(s, allocated_regs);
5942     }
5943 
5944     /*
5945      * If the ABI passes a pointer to the returned struct as the first
5946      * argument, load that now.  Pass a pointer to the output home slot.
5947      */
5948     if (info->out_kind == TCG_CALL_RET_BY_REF) {
5949         TCGTemp *ts = arg_temp(op->args[0]);
5950 
5951         if (!ts->mem_allocated) {
5952             temp_allocate_frame(s, ts);
5953         }
5954         load_arg_ref(s, 0, ts->mem_base->reg, ts->mem_offset, &allocated_regs);
5955     }
5956 
5957     tcg_out_call(s, tcg_call_func(op), info);
5958 
5959     /* Assign output registers and emit moves if needed.  */
5960     switch (info->out_kind) {
5961     case TCG_CALL_RET_NORMAL:
5962         for (i = 0; i < nb_oargs; i++) {
5963             TCGTemp *ts = arg_temp(op->args[i]);
5964             TCGReg reg = tcg_target_call_oarg_reg(TCG_CALL_RET_NORMAL, i);
5965 
5966             /* ENV should not be modified.  */
5967             tcg_debug_assert(!temp_readonly(ts));
5968 
5969             set_temp_val_reg(s, ts, reg);
5970             ts->mem_coherent = 0;
5971         }
5972         break;
5973 
5974     case TCG_CALL_RET_BY_VEC:
5975         {
5976             TCGTemp *ts = arg_temp(op->args[0]);
5977 
5978             tcg_debug_assert(ts->base_type == TCG_TYPE_I128);
5979             tcg_debug_assert(ts->temp_subindex == 0);
5980             if (!ts->mem_allocated) {
5981                 temp_allocate_frame(s, ts);
5982             }
5983             tcg_out_st(s, TCG_TYPE_V128,
5984                        tcg_target_call_oarg_reg(TCG_CALL_RET_BY_VEC, 0),
5985                        ts->mem_base->reg, ts->mem_offset);
5986         }
5987         /* fall through to mark all parts in memory */
5988 
5989     case TCG_CALL_RET_BY_REF:
5990         /* The callee has performed a write through the reference. */
5991         for (i = 0; i < nb_oargs; i++) {
5992             TCGTemp *ts = arg_temp(op->args[i]);
5993             ts->val_type = TEMP_VAL_MEM;
5994         }
5995         break;
5996 
5997     default:
5998         g_assert_not_reached();
5999     }
6000 
6001     /* Flush or discard output registers as needed. */
6002     for (i = 0; i < nb_oargs; i++) {
6003         TCGTemp *ts = arg_temp(op->args[i]);
6004         if (NEED_SYNC_ARG(i)) {
6005             temp_sync(s, ts, s->reserved_regs, 0, IS_DEAD_ARG(i));
6006         } else if (IS_DEAD_ARG(i)) {
6007             temp_dead(s, ts);
6008         }
6009     }
6010 }
6011 
6012 /**
6013  * atom_and_align_for_opc:
6014  * @s: tcg context
6015  * @opc: memory operation code
6016  * @host_atom: MO_ATOM_{IFALIGN,WITHIN16,SUBALIGN} for host operations
6017  * @allow_two_ops: true if we are prepared to issue two operations
6018  *
6019  * Return the alignment and atomicity to use for the inline fast path
6020  * for the given memory operation.  The alignment may be larger than
6021  * that specified in @opc, and the correct alignment will be diagnosed
6022  * by the slow path helper.
6023  *
6024  * If @allow_two_ops, the host is prepared to test for 2x alignment,
6025  * and issue two loads or stores for subalignment.
6026  */
6027 static TCGAtomAlign atom_and_align_for_opc(TCGContext *s, MemOp opc,
6028                                            MemOp host_atom, bool allow_two_ops)
6029 {
6030     MemOp align = memop_alignment_bits(opc);
6031     MemOp size = opc & MO_SIZE;
6032     MemOp half = size ? size - 1 : 0;
6033     MemOp atom = opc & MO_ATOM_MASK;
6034     MemOp atmax;
6035 
6036     switch (atom) {
6037     case MO_ATOM_NONE:
6038         /* The operation requires no specific atomicity. */
6039         atmax = MO_8;
6040         break;
6041 
6042     case MO_ATOM_IFALIGN:
6043         atmax = size;
6044         break;
6045 
6046     case MO_ATOM_IFALIGN_PAIR:
6047         atmax = half;
6048         break;
6049 
6050     case MO_ATOM_WITHIN16:
6051         atmax = size;
6052         if (size == MO_128) {
6053             /* Misalignment implies !within16, and therefore no atomicity. */
6054         } else if (host_atom != MO_ATOM_WITHIN16) {
6055             /* The host does not implement within16, so require alignment. */
6056             align = MAX(align, size);
6057         }
6058         break;
6059 
6060     case MO_ATOM_WITHIN16_PAIR:
6061         atmax = size;
6062         /*
6063          * Misalignment implies !within16, and therefore half atomicity.
6064          * Any host prepared for two operations can implement this with
6065          * half alignment.
6066          */
6067         if (host_atom != MO_ATOM_WITHIN16 && allow_two_ops) {
6068             align = MAX(align, half);
6069         }
6070         break;
6071 
6072     case MO_ATOM_SUBALIGN:
6073         atmax = size;
6074         if (host_atom != MO_ATOM_SUBALIGN) {
6075             /* If unaligned but not odd, there are subobjects up to half. */
6076             if (allow_two_ops) {
6077                 align = MAX(align, half);
6078             } else {
6079                 align = MAX(align, size);
6080             }
6081         }
6082         break;
6083 
6084     default:
6085         g_assert_not_reached();
6086     }
6087 
6088     return (TCGAtomAlign){ .atom = atmax, .align = align };
6089 }
6090 
6091 /*
6092  * Similarly for qemu_ld/st slow path helpers.
6093  * We must re-implement tcg_gen_callN and tcg_reg_alloc_call simultaneously,
6094  * using only the provided backend tcg_out_* functions.
6095  */
6096 
6097 static int tcg_out_helper_stk_ofs(TCGType type, unsigned slot)
6098 {
6099     int ofs = arg_slot_stk_ofs(slot);
6100 
6101     /*
6102      * Each stack slot is TCG_TARGET_LONG_BITS.  If the host does not
6103      * require extension to uint64_t, adjust the address for uint32_t.
6104      */
6105     if (HOST_BIG_ENDIAN &&
6106         TCG_TARGET_REG_BITS == 64 &&
6107         type == TCG_TYPE_I32) {
6108         ofs += 4;
6109     }
6110     return ofs;
6111 }
6112 
6113 static void tcg_out_helper_load_slots(TCGContext *s,
6114                                       unsigned nmov, TCGMovExtend *mov,
6115                                       const TCGLdstHelperParam *parm)
6116 {
6117     unsigned i;
6118     TCGReg dst3;
6119 
6120     /*
6121      * Start from the end, storing to the stack first.
6122      * This frees those registers, so we need not consider overlap.
6123      */
6124     for (i = nmov; i-- > 0; ) {
6125         unsigned slot = mov[i].dst;
6126 
6127         if (arg_slot_reg_p(slot)) {
6128             goto found_reg;
6129         }
6130 
6131         TCGReg src = mov[i].src;
6132         TCGType dst_type = mov[i].dst_type;
6133         MemOp dst_mo = dst_type == TCG_TYPE_I32 ? MO_32 : MO_64;
6134 
6135         /* The argument is going onto the stack; extend into scratch. */
6136         if ((mov[i].src_ext & MO_SIZE) != dst_mo) {
6137             tcg_debug_assert(parm->ntmp != 0);
6138             mov[i].dst = src = parm->tmp[0];
6139             tcg_out_movext1(s, &mov[i]);
6140         }
6141 
6142         tcg_out_st(s, dst_type, src, TCG_REG_CALL_STACK,
6143                    tcg_out_helper_stk_ofs(dst_type, slot));
6144     }
6145     return;
6146 
6147  found_reg:
6148     /*
6149      * The remaining arguments are in registers.
6150      * Convert slot numbers to argument registers.
6151      */
6152     nmov = i + 1;
6153     for (i = 0; i < nmov; ++i) {
6154         mov[i].dst = tcg_target_call_iarg_regs[mov[i].dst];
6155     }
6156 
6157     switch (nmov) {
6158     case 4:
6159         /* The backend must have provided enough temps for the worst case. */
6160         tcg_debug_assert(parm->ntmp >= 2);
6161 
6162         dst3 = mov[3].dst;
6163         for (unsigned j = 0; j < 3; ++j) {
6164             if (dst3 == mov[j].src) {
6165                 /*
6166                  * Conflict. Copy the source to a temporary, perform the
6167                  * remaining moves, then the extension from our scratch
6168                  * on the way out.
6169                  */
6170                 TCGReg scratch = parm->tmp[1];
6171 
6172                 tcg_out_mov(s, mov[3].src_type, scratch, mov[3].src);
6173                 tcg_out_movext3(s, mov, mov + 1, mov + 2, parm->tmp[0]);
6174                 tcg_out_movext1_new_src(s, &mov[3], scratch);
6175                 break;
6176             }
6177         }
6178 
6179         /* No conflicts: perform this move and continue. */
6180         tcg_out_movext1(s, &mov[3]);
6181         /* fall through */
6182 
6183     case 3:
6184         tcg_out_movext3(s, mov, mov + 1, mov + 2,
6185                         parm->ntmp ? parm->tmp[0] : -1);
6186         break;
6187     case 2:
6188         tcg_out_movext2(s, mov, mov + 1,
6189                         parm->ntmp ? parm->tmp[0] : -1);
6190         break;
6191     case 1:
6192         tcg_out_movext1(s, mov);
6193         break;
6194     default:
6195         g_assert_not_reached();
6196     }
6197 }
6198 
6199 static void tcg_out_helper_load_imm(TCGContext *s, unsigned slot,
6200                                     TCGType type, tcg_target_long imm,
6201                                     const TCGLdstHelperParam *parm)
6202 {
6203     if (arg_slot_reg_p(slot)) {
6204         tcg_out_movi(s, type, tcg_target_call_iarg_regs[slot], imm);
6205     } else {
6206         int ofs = tcg_out_helper_stk_ofs(type, slot);
6207         if (!tcg_out_sti(s, type, imm, TCG_REG_CALL_STACK, ofs)) {
6208             tcg_debug_assert(parm->ntmp != 0);
6209             tcg_out_movi(s, type, parm->tmp[0], imm);
6210             tcg_out_st(s, type, parm->tmp[0], TCG_REG_CALL_STACK, ofs);
6211         }
6212     }
6213 }
6214 
6215 static void tcg_out_helper_load_common_args(TCGContext *s,
6216                                             const TCGLabelQemuLdst *ldst,
6217                                             const TCGLdstHelperParam *parm,
6218                                             const TCGHelperInfo *info,
6219                                             unsigned next_arg)
6220 {
6221     TCGMovExtend ptr_mov = {
6222         .dst_type = TCG_TYPE_PTR,
6223         .src_type = TCG_TYPE_PTR,
6224         .src_ext = sizeof(void *) == 4 ? MO_32 : MO_64
6225     };
6226     const TCGCallArgumentLoc *loc = &info->in[0];
6227     TCGType type;
6228     unsigned slot;
6229     tcg_target_ulong imm;
6230 
6231     /*
6232      * Handle env, which is always first.
6233      */
6234     ptr_mov.dst = loc->arg_slot;
6235     ptr_mov.src = TCG_AREG0;
6236     tcg_out_helper_load_slots(s, 1, &ptr_mov, parm);
6237 
6238     /*
6239      * Handle oi.
6240      */
6241     imm = ldst->oi;
6242     loc = &info->in[next_arg];
6243     type = TCG_TYPE_I32;
6244     switch (loc->kind) {
6245     case TCG_CALL_ARG_NORMAL:
6246         break;
6247     case TCG_CALL_ARG_EXTEND_U:
6248     case TCG_CALL_ARG_EXTEND_S:
6249         /* No extension required for MemOpIdx. */
6250         tcg_debug_assert(imm <= INT32_MAX);
6251         type = TCG_TYPE_REG;
6252         break;
6253     default:
6254         g_assert_not_reached();
6255     }
6256     tcg_out_helper_load_imm(s, loc->arg_slot, type, imm, parm);
6257     next_arg++;
6258 
6259     /*
6260      * Handle ra.
6261      */
6262     loc = &info->in[next_arg];
6263     slot = loc->arg_slot;
6264     if (parm->ra_gen) {
6265         int arg_reg = -1;
6266         TCGReg ra_reg;
6267 
6268         if (arg_slot_reg_p(slot)) {
6269             arg_reg = tcg_target_call_iarg_regs[slot];
6270         }
6271         ra_reg = parm->ra_gen(s, ldst, arg_reg);
6272 
6273         ptr_mov.dst = slot;
6274         ptr_mov.src = ra_reg;
6275         tcg_out_helper_load_slots(s, 1, &ptr_mov, parm);
6276     } else {
6277         imm = (uintptr_t)ldst->raddr;
6278         tcg_out_helper_load_imm(s, slot, TCG_TYPE_PTR, imm, parm);
6279     }
6280 }
6281 
6282 static unsigned tcg_out_helper_add_mov(TCGMovExtend *mov,
6283                                        const TCGCallArgumentLoc *loc,
6284                                        TCGType dst_type, TCGType src_type,
6285                                        TCGReg lo, TCGReg hi)
6286 {
6287     MemOp reg_mo;
6288 
6289     if (dst_type <= TCG_TYPE_REG) {
6290         MemOp src_ext;
6291 
6292         switch (loc->kind) {
6293         case TCG_CALL_ARG_NORMAL:
6294             src_ext = src_type == TCG_TYPE_I32 ? MO_32 : MO_64;
6295             break;
6296         case TCG_CALL_ARG_EXTEND_U:
6297             dst_type = TCG_TYPE_REG;
6298             src_ext = MO_UL;
6299             break;
6300         case TCG_CALL_ARG_EXTEND_S:
6301             dst_type = TCG_TYPE_REG;
6302             src_ext = MO_SL;
6303             break;
6304         default:
6305             g_assert_not_reached();
6306         }
6307 
6308         mov[0].dst = loc->arg_slot;
6309         mov[0].dst_type = dst_type;
6310         mov[0].src = lo;
6311         mov[0].src_type = src_type;
6312         mov[0].src_ext = src_ext;
6313         return 1;
6314     }
6315 
6316     if (TCG_TARGET_REG_BITS == 32) {
6317         assert(dst_type == TCG_TYPE_I64);
6318         reg_mo = MO_32;
6319     } else {
6320         assert(dst_type == TCG_TYPE_I128);
6321         reg_mo = MO_64;
6322     }
6323 
6324     mov[0].dst = loc[HOST_BIG_ENDIAN].arg_slot;
6325     mov[0].src = lo;
6326     mov[0].dst_type = TCG_TYPE_REG;
6327     mov[0].src_type = TCG_TYPE_REG;
6328     mov[0].src_ext = reg_mo;
6329 
6330     mov[1].dst = loc[!HOST_BIG_ENDIAN].arg_slot;
6331     mov[1].src = hi;
6332     mov[1].dst_type = TCG_TYPE_REG;
6333     mov[1].src_type = TCG_TYPE_REG;
6334     mov[1].src_ext = reg_mo;
6335 
6336     return 2;
6337 }
6338 
6339 static void tcg_out_ld_helper_args(TCGContext *s, const TCGLabelQemuLdst *ldst,
6340                                    const TCGLdstHelperParam *parm)
6341 {
6342     const TCGHelperInfo *info;
6343     const TCGCallArgumentLoc *loc;
6344     TCGMovExtend mov[2];
6345     unsigned next_arg, nmov;
6346     MemOp mop = get_memop(ldst->oi);
6347 
6348     switch (mop & MO_SIZE) {
6349     case MO_8:
6350     case MO_16:
6351     case MO_32:
6352         info = &info_helper_ld32_mmu;
6353         break;
6354     case MO_64:
6355         info = &info_helper_ld64_mmu;
6356         break;
6357     case MO_128:
6358         info = &info_helper_ld128_mmu;
6359         break;
6360     default:
6361         g_assert_not_reached();
6362     }
6363 
6364     /* Defer env argument. */
6365     next_arg = 1;
6366 
6367     loc = &info->in[next_arg];
6368     if (TCG_TARGET_REG_BITS == 32 && s->addr_type == TCG_TYPE_I32) {
6369         /*
6370          * 32-bit host with 32-bit guest: zero-extend the guest address
6371          * to 64-bits for the helper by storing the low part, then
6372          * load a zero for the high part.
6373          */
6374         tcg_out_helper_add_mov(mov, loc + HOST_BIG_ENDIAN,
6375                                TCG_TYPE_I32, TCG_TYPE_I32,
6376                                ldst->addr_reg, -1);
6377         tcg_out_helper_load_slots(s, 1, mov, parm);
6378 
6379         tcg_out_helper_load_imm(s, loc[!HOST_BIG_ENDIAN].arg_slot,
6380                                 TCG_TYPE_I32, 0, parm);
6381         next_arg += 2;
6382     } else {
6383         nmov = tcg_out_helper_add_mov(mov, loc, TCG_TYPE_I64, s->addr_type,
6384                                       ldst->addr_reg, -1);
6385         tcg_out_helper_load_slots(s, nmov, mov, parm);
6386         next_arg += nmov;
6387     }
6388 
6389     switch (info->out_kind) {
6390     case TCG_CALL_RET_NORMAL:
6391     case TCG_CALL_RET_BY_VEC:
6392         break;
6393     case TCG_CALL_RET_BY_REF:
6394         /*
6395          * The return reference is in the first argument slot.
6396          * We need memory in which to return: re-use the top of stack.
6397          */
6398         {
6399             int ofs_slot0 = TCG_TARGET_CALL_STACK_OFFSET;
6400 
6401             if (arg_slot_reg_p(0)) {
6402                 tcg_out_addi_ptr(s, tcg_target_call_iarg_regs[0],
6403                                  TCG_REG_CALL_STACK, ofs_slot0);
6404             } else {
6405                 tcg_debug_assert(parm->ntmp != 0);
6406                 tcg_out_addi_ptr(s, parm->tmp[0],
6407                                  TCG_REG_CALL_STACK, ofs_slot0);
6408                 tcg_out_st(s, TCG_TYPE_PTR, parm->tmp[0],
6409                            TCG_REG_CALL_STACK, ofs_slot0);
6410             }
6411         }
6412         break;
6413     default:
6414         g_assert_not_reached();
6415     }
6416 
6417     tcg_out_helper_load_common_args(s, ldst, parm, info, next_arg);
6418 }
6419 
6420 static void tcg_out_ld_helper_ret(TCGContext *s, const TCGLabelQemuLdst *ldst,
6421                                   bool load_sign,
6422                                   const TCGLdstHelperParam *parm)
6423 {
6424     MemOp mop = get_memop(ldst->oi);
6425     TCGMovExtend mov[2];
6426     int ofs_slot0;
6427 
6428     switch (ldst->type) {
6429     case TCG_TYPE_I64:
6430         if (TCG_TARGET_REG_BITS == 32) {
6431             break;
6432         }
6433         /* fall through */
6434 
6435     case TCG_TYPE_I32:
6436         mov[0].dst = ldst->datalo_reg;
6437         mov[0].src = tcg_target_call_oarg_reg(TCG_CALL_RET_NORMAL, 0);
6438         mov[0].dst_type = ldst->type;
6439         mov[0].src_type = TCG_TYPE_REG;
6440 
6441         /*
6442          * If load_sign, then we allowed the helper to perform the
6443          * appropriate sign extension to tcg_target_ulong, and all
6444          * we need now is a plain move.
6445          *
6446          * If they do not, then we expect the relevant extension
6447          * instruction to be no more expensive than a move, and
6448          * we thus save the icache etc by only using one of two
6449          * helper functions.
6450          */
6451         if (load_sign || !(mop & MO_SIGN)) {
6452             if (TCG_TARGET_REG_BITS == 32 || ldst->type == TCG_TYPE_I32) {
6453                 mov[0].src_ext = MO_32;
6454             } else {
6455                 mov[0].src_ext = MO_64;
6456             }
6457         } else {
6458             mov[0].src_ext = mop & MO_SSIZE;
6459         }
6460         tcg_out_movext1(s, mov);
6461         return;
6462 
6463     case TCG_TYPE_I128:
6464         tcg_debug_assert(TCG_TARGET_REG_BITS == 64);
6465         ofs_slot0 = TCG_TARGET_CALL_STACK_OFFSET;
6466         switch (TCG_TARGET_CALL_RET_I128) {
6467         case TCG_CALL_RET_NORMAL:
6468             break;
6469         case TCG_CALL_RET_BY_VEC:
6470             tcg_out_st(s, TCG_TYPE_V128,
6471                        tcg_target_call_oarg_reg(TCG_CALL_RET_BY_VEC, 0),
6472                        TCG_REG_CALL_STACK, ofs_slot0);
6473             /* fall through */
6474         case TCG_CALL_RET_BY_REF:
6475             tcg_out_ld(s, TCG_TYPE_I64, ldst->datalo_reg,
6476                        TCG_REG_CALL_STACK, ofs_slot0 + 8 * HOST_BIG_ENDIAN);
6477             tcg_out_ld(s, TCG_TYPE_I64, ldst->datahi_reg,
6478                        TCG_REG_CALL_STACK, ofs_slot0 + 8 * !HOST_BIG_ENDIAN);
6479             return;
6480         default:
6481             g_assert_not_reached();
6482         }
6483         break;
6484 
6485     default:
6486         g_assert_not_reached();
6487     }
6488 
6489     mov[0].dst = ldst->datalo_reg;
6490     mov[0].src =
6491         tcg_target_call_oarg_reg(TCG_CALL_RET_NORMAL, HOST_BIG_ENDIAN);
6492     mov[0].dst_type = TCG_TYPE_REG;
6493     mov[0].src_type = TCG_TYPE_REG;
6494     mov[0].src_ext = TCG_TARGET_REG_BITS == 32 ? MO_32 : MO_64;
6495 
6496     mov[1].dst = ldst->datahi_reg;
6497     mov[1].src =
6498         tcg_target_call_oarg_reg(TCG_CALL_RET_NORMAL, !HOST_BIG_ENDIAN);
6499     mov[1].dst_type = TCG_TYPE_REG;
6500     mov[1].src_type = TCG_TYPE_REG;
6501     mov[1].src_ext = TCG_TARGET_REG_BITS == 32 ? MO_32 : MO_64;
6502 
6503     tcg_out_movext2(s, mov, mov + 1, parm->ntmp ? parm->tmp[0] : -1);
6504 }
6505 
6506 static void tcg_out_st_helper_args(TCGContext *s, const TCGLabelQemuLdst *ldst,
6507                                    const TCGLdstHelperParam *parm)
6508 {
6509     const TCGHelperInfo *info;
6510     const TCGCallArgumentLoc *loc;
6511     TCGMovExtend mov[4];
6512     TCGType data_type;
6513     unsigned next_arg, nmov, n;
6514     MemOp mop = get_memop(ldst->oi);
6515 
6516     switch (mop & MO_SIZE) {
6517     case MO_8:
6518     case MO_16:
6519     case MO_32:
6520         info = &info_helper_st32_mmu;
6521         data_type = TCG_TYPE_I32;
6522         break;
6523     case MO_64:
6524         info = &info_helper_st64_mmu;
6525         data_type = TCG_TYPE_I64;
6526         break;
6527     case MO_128:
6528         info = &info_helper_st128_mmu;
6529         data_type = TCG_TYPE_I128;
6530         break;
6531     default:
6532         g_assert_not_reached();
6533     }
6534 
6535     /* Defer env argument. */
6536     next_arg = 1;
6537     nmov = 0;
6538 
6539     /* Handle addr argument. */
6540     loc = &info->in[next_arg];
6541     tcg_debug_assert(s->addr_type <= TCG_TYPE_REG);
6542     if (TCG_TARGET_REG_BITS == 32) {
6543         /*
6544          * 32-bit host (and thus 32-bit guest): zero-extend the guest address
6545          * to 64-bits for the helper by storing the low part.  Later,
6546          * after we have processed the register inputs, we will load a
6547          * zero for the high part.
6548          */
6549         tcg_out_helper_add_mov(mov, loc + HOST_BIG_ENDIAN,
6550                                TCG_TYPE_I32, TCG_TYPE_I32,
6551                                ldst->addr_reg, -1);
6552         next_arg += 2;
6553         nmov += 1;
6554     } else {
6555         n = tcg_out_helper_add_mov(mov, loc, TCG_TYPE_I64, s->addr_type,
6556                                    ldst->addr_reg, -1);
6557         next_arg += n;
6558         nmov += n;
6559     }
6560 
6561     /* Handle data argument. */
6562     loc = &info->in[next_arg];
6563     switch (loc->kind) {
6564     case TCG_CALL_ARG_NORMAL:
6565     case TCG_CALL_ARG_EXTEND_U:
6566     case TCG_CALL_ARG_EXTEND_S:
6567         n = tcg_out_helper_add_mov(mov + nmov, loc, data_type, ldst->type,
6568                                    ldst->datalo_reg, ldst->datahi_reg);
6569         next_arg += n;
6570         nmov += n;
6571         tcg_out_helper_load_slots(s, nmov, mov, parm);
6572         break;
6573 
6574     case TCG_CALL_ARG_BY_REF:
6575         tcg_debug_assert(TCG_TARGET_REG_BITS == 64);
6576         tcg_debug_assert(data_type == TCG_TYPE_I128);
6577         tcg_out_st(s, TCG_TYPE_I64,
6578                    HOST_BIG_ENDIAN ? ldst->datahi_reg : ldst->datalo_reg,
6579                    TCG_REG_CALL_STACK, arg_slot_stk_ofs(loc[0].ref_slot));
6580         tcg_out_st(s, TCG_TYPE_I64,
6581                    HOST_BIG_ENDIAN ? ldst->datalo_reg : ldst->datahi_reg,
6582                    TCG_REG_CALL_STACK, arg_slot_stk_ofs(loc[1].ref_slot));
6583 
6584         tcg_out_helper_load_slots(s, nmov, mov, parm);
6585 
6586         if (arg_slot_reg_p(loc->arg_slot)) {
6587             tcg_out_addi_ptr(s, tcg_target_call_iarg_regs[loc->arg_slot],
6588                              TCG_REG_CALL_STACK,
6589                              arg_slot_stk_ofs(loc->ref_slot));
6590         } else {
6591             tcg_debug_assert(parm->ntmp != 0);
6592             tcg_out_addi_ptr(s, parm->tmp[0], TCG_REG_CALL_STACK,
6593                              arg_slot_stk_ofs(loc->ref_slot));
6594             tcg_out_st(s, TCG_TYPE_PTR, parm->tmp[0],
6595                        TCG_REG_CALL_STACK, arg_slot_stk_ofs(loc->arg_slot));
6596         }
6597         next_arg += 2;
6598         break;
6599 
6600     default:
6601         g_assert_not_reached();
6602     }
6603 
6604     if (TCG_TARGET_REG_BITS == 32) {
6605         /* Zero extend the address by loading a zero for the high part. */
6606         loc = &info->in[1 + !HOST_BIG_ENDIAN];
6607         tcg_out_helper_load_imm(s, loc->arg_slot, TCG_TYPE_I32, 0, parm);
6608     }
6609 
6610     tcg_out_helper_load_common_args(s, ldst, parm, info, next_arg);
6611 }
6612 
6613 int tcg_gen_code(TCGContext *s, TranslationBlock *tb, uint64_t pc_start)
6614 {
6615     int i, start_words, num_insns;
6616     TCGOp *op;
6617 
6618     if (unlikely(qemu_loglevel_mask(CPU_LOG_TB_OP)
6619                  && qemu_log_in_addr_range(pc_start))) {
6620         FILE *logfile = qemu_log_trylock();
6621         if (logfile) {
6622             fprintf(logfile, "OP:\n");
6623             tcg_dump_ops(s, logfile, false);
6624             fprintf(logfile, "\n");
6625             qemu_log_unlock(logfile);
6626         }
6627     }
6628 
6629 #ifdef CONFIG_DEBUG_TCG
6630     /* Ensure all labels referenced have been emitted.  */
6631     {
6632         TCGLabel *l;
6633         bool error = false;
6634 
6635         QSIMPLEQ_FOREACH(l, &s->labels, next) {
6636             if (unlikely(!l->present) && !QSIMPLEQ_EMPTY(&l->branches)) {
6637                 qemu_log_mask(CPU_LOG_TB_OP,
6638                               "$L%d referenced but not present.\n", l->id);
6639                 error = true;
6640             }
6641         }
6642         assert(!error);
6643     }
6644 #endif
6645 
6646     /* Do not reuse any EBB that may be allocated within the TB. */
6647     tcg_temp_ebb_reset_freed(s);
6648 
6649     tcg_optimize(s);
6650 
6651     reachable_code_pass(s);
6652     liveness_pass_0(s);
6653     liveness_pass_1(s);
6654 
6655     if (s->nb_indirects > 0) {
6656         if (unlikely(qemu_loglevel_mask(CPU_LOG_TB_OP_IND)
6657                      && qemu_log_in_addr_range(pc_start))) {
6658             FILE *logfile = qemu_log_trylock();
6659             if (logfile) {
6660                 fprintf(logfile, "OP before indirect lowering:\n");
6661                 tcg_dump_ops(s, logfile, false);
6662                 fprintf(logfile, "\n");
6663                 qemu_log_unlock(logfile);
6664             }
6665         }
6666 
6667         /* Replace indirect temps with direct temps.  */
6668         if (liveness_pass_2(s)) {
6669             /* If changes were made, re-run liveness.  */
6670             liveness_pass_1(s);
6671         }
6672     }
6673 
6674     if (unlikely(qemu_loglevel_mask(CPU_LOG_TB_OP_OPT)
6675                  && qemu_log_in_addr_range(pc_start))) {
6676         FILE *logfile = qemu_log_trylock();
6677         if (logfile) {
6678             fprintf(logfile, "OP after optimization and liveness analysis:\n");
6679             tcg_dump_ops(s, logfile, true);
6680             fprintf(logfile, "\n");
6681             qemu_log_unlock(logfile);
6682         }
6683     }
6684 
6685     /* Initialize goto_tb jump offsets. */
6686     tb->jmp_reset_offset[0] = TB_JMP_OFFSET_INVALID;
6687     tb->jmp_reset_offset[1] = TB_JMP_OFFSET_INVALID;
6688     tb->jmp_insn_offset[0] = TB_JMP_OFFSET_INVALID;
6689     tb->jmp_insn_offset[1] = TB_JMP_OFFSET_INVALID;
6690 
6691     tcg_reg_alloc_start(s);
6692 
6693     /*
6694      * Reset the buffer pointers when restarting after overflow.
6695      * TODO: Move this into translate-all.c with the rest of the
6696      * buffer management.  Having only this done here is confusing.
6697      */
6698     s->code_buf = tcg_splitwx_to_rw(tb->tc.ptr);
6699     s->code_ptr = s->code_buf;
6700     s->data_gen_ptr = NULL;
6701 
6702     QSIMPLEQ_INIT(&s->ldst_labels);
6703     s->pool_labels = NULL;
6704 
6705     start_words = s->insn_start_words;
6706     s->gen_insn_data =
6707         tcg_malloc(sizeof(uint64_t) * s->gen_tb->icount * start_words);
6708 
6709     tcg_out_tb_start(s);
6710 
6711     num_insns = -1;
6712     QTAILQ_FOREACH(op, &s->ops, link) {
6713         TCGOpcode opc = op->opc;
6714 
6715         switch (opc) {
6716         case INDEX_op_extrl_i64_i32:
6717             assert(TCG_TARGET_REG_BITS == 64);
6718             /*
6719              * If TCG_TYPE_I32 is represented in some canonical form,
6720              * e.g. zero or sign-extended, then emit as a unary op.
6721              * Otherwise we can treat this as a plain move.
6722              * If the output dies, treat this as a plain move, because
6723              * this will be implemented with a store.
6724              */
6725             if (TCG_TARGET_HAS_extr_i64_i32) {
6726                 TCGLifeData arg_life = op->life;
6727                 if (!IS_DEAD_ARG(0)) {
6728                     goto do_default;
6729                 }
6730             }
6731             /* fall through */
6732         case INDEX_op_mov:
6733         case INDEX_op_mov_vec:
6734             tcg_reg_alloc_mov(s, op);
6735             break;
6736         case INDEX_op_dup_vec:
6737             tcg_reg_alloc_dup(s, op);
6738             break;
6739         case INDEX_op_insn_start:
6740             if (num_insns >= 0) {
6741                 size_t off = tcg_current_code_size(s);
6742                 s->gen_insn_end_off[num_insns] = off;
6743                 /* Assert that we do not overflow our stored offset.  */
6744                 assert(s->gen_insn_end_off[num_insns] == off);
6745             }
6746             num_insns++;
6747             for (i = 0; i < start_words; ++i) {
6748                 s->gen_insn_data[num_insns * start_words + i] =
6749                     tcg_get_insn_start_param(op, i);
6750             }
6751             break;
6752         case INDEX_op_discard:
6753             temp_dead(s, arg_temp(op->args[0]));
6754             break;
6755         case INDEX_op_set_label:
6756             tcg_reg_alloc_bb_end(s, s->reserved_regs);
6757             tcg_out_label(s, arg_label(op->args[0]));
6758             break;
6759         case INDEX_op_call:
6760             tcg_reg_alloc_call(s, op);
6761             break;
6762         case INDEX_op_exit_tb:
6763             tcg_out_exit_tb(s, op->args[0]);
6764             break;
6765         case INDEX_op_goto_tb:
6766             tcg_out_goto_tb(s, op->args[0]);
6767             break;
6768         case INDEX_op_dup2_vec:
6769             if (tcg_reg_alloc_dup2(s, op)) {
6770                 break;
6771             }
6772             /* fall through */
6773         default:
6774         do_default:
6775             /* Sanity check that we've not introduced any unhandled opcodes. */
6776             tcg_debug_assert(tcg_op_supported(opc, TCGOP_TYPE(op),
6777                                               TCGOP_FLAGS(op)));
6778             /* Note: in order to speed up the code, it would be much
6779                faster to have specialized register allocator functions for
6780                some common argument patterns */
6781             tcg_reg_alloc_op(s, op);
6782             break;
6783         }
6784         /* Test for (pending) buffer overflow.  The assumption is that any
6785            one operation beginning below the high water mark cannot overrun
6786            the buffer completely.  Thus we can test for overflow after
6787            generating code without having to check during generation.  */
6788         if (unlikely((void *)s->code_ptr > s->code_gen_highwater)) {
6789             return -1;
6790         }
6791         /* Test for TB overflow, as seen by gen_insn_end_off.  */
6792         if (unlikely(tcg_current_code_size(s) > UINT16_MAX)) {
6793             return -2;
6794         }
6795     }
6796     tcg_debug_assert(num_insns + 1 == s->gen_tb->icount);
6797     s->gen_insn_end_off[num_insns] = tcg_current_code_size(s);
6798 
6799     /* Generate TB finalization at the end of block */
6800     i = tcg_out_ldst_finalize(s);
6801     if (i < 0) {
6802         return i;
6803     }
6804     i = tcg_out_pool_finalize(s);
6805     if (i < 0) {
6806         return i;
6807     }
6808     if (!tcg_resolve_relocs(s)) {
6809         return -2;
6810     }
6811 
6812 #ifndef CONFIG_TCG_INTERPRETER
6813     /* flush instruction cache */
6814     flush_idcache_range((uintptr_t)tcg_splitwx_to_rx(s->code_buf),
6815                         (uintptr_t)s->code_buf,
6816                         tcg_ptr_byte_diff(s->code_ptr, s->code_buf));
6817 #endif
6818 
6819     return tcg_current_code_size(s);
6820 }
6821 
6822 #ifdef ELF_HOST_MACHINE
6823 /* In order to use this feature, the backend needs to do three things:
6824 
6825    (1) Define ELF_HOST_MACHINE to indicate both what value to
6826        put into the ELF image and to indicate support for the feature.
6827 
6828    (2) Define tcg_register_jit.  This should create a buffer containing
6829        the contents of a .debug_frame section that describes the post-
6830        prologue unwind info for the tcg machine.
6831 
6832    (3) Call tcg_register_jit_int, with the constructed .debug_frame.
6833 */
6834 
6835 /* Begin GDB interface.  THE FOLLOWING MUST MATCH GDB DOCS.  */
6836 typedef enum {
6837     JIT_NOACTION = 0,
6838     JIT_REGISTER_FN,
6839     JIT_UNREGISTER_FN
6840 } jit_actions_t;
6841 
6842 struct jit_code_entry {
6843     struct jit_code_entry *next_entry;
6844     struct jit_code_entry *prev_entry;
6845     const void *symfile_addr;
6846     uint64_t symfile_size;
6847 };
6848 
6849 struct jit_descriptor {
6850     uint32_t version;
6851     uint32_t action_flag;
6852     struct jit_code_entry *relevant_entry;
6853     struct jit_code_entry *first_entry;
6854 };
6855 
6856 void __jit_debug_register_code(void) __attribute__((noinline));
6857 void __jit_debug_register_code(void)
6858 {
6859     asm("");
6860 }
6861 
6862 /* Must statically initialize the version, because GDB may check
6863    the version before we can set it.  */
6864 struct jit_descriptor __jit_debug_descriptor = { 1, 0, 0, 0 };
6865 
6866 /* End GDB interface.  */
6867 
6868 static int find_string(const char *strtab, const char *str)
6869 {
6870     const char *p = strtab + 1;
6871 
6872     while (1) {
6873         if (strcmp(p, str) == 0) {
6874             return p - strtab;
6875         }
6876         p += strlen(p) + 1;
6877     }
6878 }
6879 
6880 static void tcg_register_jit_int(const void *buf_ptr, size_t buf_size,
6881                                  const void *debug_frame,
6882                                  size_t debug_frame_size)
6883 {
6884     struct __attribute__((packed)) DebugInfo {
6885         uint32_t  len;
6886         uint16_t  version;
6887         uint32_t  abbrev;
6888         uint8_t   ptr_size;
6889         uint8_t   cu_die;
6890         uint16_t  cu_lang;
6891         uintptr_t cu_low_pc;
6892         uintptr_t cu_high_pc;
6893         uint8_t   fn_die;
6894         char      fn_name[16];
6895         uintptr_t fn_low_pc;
6896         uintptr_t fn_high_pc;
6897         uint8_t   cu_eoc;
6898     };
6899 
6900     struct ElfImage {
6901         ElfW(Ehdr) ehdr;
6902         ElfW(Phdr) phdr;
6903         ElfW(Shdr) shdr[7];
6904         ElfW(Sym)  sym[2];
6905         struct DebugInfo di;
6906         uint8_t    da[24];
6907         char       str[80];
6908     };
6909 
6910     struct ElfImage *img;
6911 
6912     static const struct ElfImage img_template = {
6913         .ehdr = {
6914             .e_ident[EI_MAG0] = ELFMAG0,
6915             .e_ident[EI_MAG1] = ELFMAG1,
6916             .e_ident[EI_MAG2] = ELFMAG2,
6917             .e_ident[EI_MAG3] = ELFMAG3,
6918             .e_ident[EI_CLASS] = ELF_CLASS,
6919             .e_ident[EI_DATA] = ELF_DATA,
6920             .e_ident[EI_VERSION] = EV_CURRENT,
6921             .e_type = ET_EXEC,
6922             .e_machine = ELF_HOST_MACHINE,
6923             .e_version = EV_CURRENT,
6924             .e_phoff = offsetof(struct ElfImage, phdr),
6925             .e_shoff = offsetof(struct ElfImage, shdr),
6926             .e_ehsize = sizeof(ElfW(Shdr)),
6927             .e_phentsize = sizeof(ElfW(Phdr)),
6928             .e_phnum = 1,
6929             .e_shentsize = sizeof(ElfW(Shdr)),
6930             .e_shnum = ARRAY_SIZE(img->shdr),
6931             .e_shstrndx = ARRAY_SIZE(img->shdr) - 1,
6932 #ifdef ELF_HOST_FLAGS
6933             .e_flags = ELF_HOST_FLAGS,
6934 #endif
6935 #ifdef ELF_OSABI
6936             .e_ident[EI_OSABI] = ELF_OSABI,
6937 #endif
6938         },
6939         .phdr = {
6940             .p_type = PT_LOAD,
6941             .p_flags = PF_X,
6942         },
6943         .shdr = {
6944             [0] = { .sh_type = SHT_NULL },
6945             /* Trick: The contents of code_gen_buffer are not present in
6946                this fake ELF file; that got allocated elsewhere.  Therefore
6947                we mark .text as SHT_NOBITS (similar to .bss) so that readers
6948                will not look for contents.  We can record any address.  */
6949             [1] = { /* .text */
6950                 .sh_type = SHT_NOBITS,
6951                 .sh_flags = SHF_EXECINSTR | SHF_ALLOC,
6952             },
6953             [2] = { /* .debug_info */
6954                 .sh_type = SHT_PROGBITS,
6955                 .sh_offset = offsetof(struct ElfImage, di),
6956                 .sh_size = sizeof(struct DebugInfo),
6957             },
6958             [3] = { /* .debug_abbrev */
6959                 .sh_type = SHT_PROGBITS,
6960                 .sh_offset = offsetof(struct ElfImage, da),
6961                 .sh_size = sizeof(img->da),
6962             },
6963             [4] = { /* .debug_frame */
6964                 .sh_type = SHT_PROGBITS,
6965                 .sh_offset = sizeof(struct ElfImage),
6966             },
6967             [5] = { /* .symtab */
6968                 .sh_type = SHT_SYMTAB,
6969                 .sh_offset = offsetof(struct ElfImage, sym),
6970                 .sh_size = sizeof(img->sym),
6971                 .sh_info = 1,
6972                 .sh_link = ARRAY_SIZE(img->shdr) - 1,
6973                 .sh_entsize = sizeof(ElfW(Sym)),
6974             },
6975             [6] = { /* .strtab */
6976                 .sh_type = SHT_STRTAB,
6977                 .sh_offset = offsetof(struct ElfImage, str),
6978                 .sh_size = sizeof(img->str),
6979             }
6980         },
6981         .sym = {
6982             [1] = { /* code_gen_buffer */
6983                 .st_info = ELF_ST_INFO(STB_GLOBAL, STT_FUNC),
6984                 .st_shndx = 1,
6985             }
6986         },
6987         .di = {
6988             .len = sizeof(struct DebugInfo) - 4,
6989             .version = 2,
6990             .ptr_size = sizeof(void *),
6991             .cu_die = 1,
6992             .cu_lang = 0x8001,  /* DW_LANG_Mips_Assembler */
6993             .fn_die = 2,
6994             .fn_name = "code_gen_buffer"
6995         },
6996         .da = {
6997             1,          /* abbrev number (the cu) */
6998             0x11, 1,    /* DW_TAG_compile_unit, has children */
6999             0x13, 0x5,  /* DW_AT_language, DW_FORM_data2 */
7000             0x11, 0x1,  /* DW_AT_low_pc, DW_FORM_addr */
7001             0x12, 0x1,  /* DW_AT_high_pc, DW_FORM_addr */
7002             0, 0,       /* end of abbrev */
7003             2,          /* abbrev number (the fn) */
7004             0x2e, 0,    /* DW_TAG_subprogram, no children */
7005             0x3, 0x8,   /* DW_AT_name, DW_FORM_string */
7006             0x11, 0x1,  /* DW_AT_low_pc, DW_FORM_addr */
7007             0x12, 0x1,  /* DW_AT_high_pc, DW_FORM_addr */
7008             0, 0,       /* end of abbrev */
7009             0           /* no more abbrev */
7010         },
7011         .str = "\0" ".text\0" ".debug_info\0" ".debug_abbrev\0"
7012                ".debug_frame\0" ".symtab\0" ".strtab\0" "code_gen_buffer",
7013     };
7014 
7015     /* We only need a single jit entry; statically allocate it.  */
7016     static struct jit_code_entry one_entry;
7017 
7018     uintptr_t buf = (uintptr_t)buf_ptr;
7019     size_t img_size = sizeof(struct ElfImage) + debug_frame_size;
7020     DebugFrameHeader *dfh;
7021 
7022     img = g_malloc(img_size);
7023     *img = img_template;
7024 
7025     img->phdr.p_vaddr = buf;
7026     img->phdr.p_paddr = buf;
7027     img->phdr.p_memsz = buf_size;
7028 
7029     img->shdr[1].sh_name = find_string(img->str, ".text");
7030     img->shdr[1].sh_addr = buf;
7031     img->shdr[1].sh_size = buf_size;
7032 
7033     img->shdr[2].sh_name = find_string(img->str, ".debug_info");
7034     img->shdr[3].sh_name = find_string(img->str, ".debug_abbrev");
7035 
7036     img->shdr[4].sh_name = find_string(img->str, ".debug_frame");
7037     img->shdr[4].sh_size = debug_frame_size;
7038 
7039     img->shdr[5].sh_name = find_string(img->str, ".symtab");
7040     img->shdr[6].sh_name = find_string(img->str, ".strtab");
7041 
7042     img->sym[1].st_name = find_string(img->str, "code_gen_buffer");
7043     img->sym[1].st_value = buf;
7044     img->sym[1].st_size = buf_size;
7045 
7046     img->di.cu_low_pc = buf;
7047     img->di.cu_high_pc = buf + buf_size;
7048     img->di.fn_low_pc = buf;
7049     img->di.fn_high_pc = buf + buf_size;
7050 
7051     dfh = (DebugFrameHeader *)(img + 1);
7052     memcpy(dfh, debug_frame, debug_frame_size);
7053     dfh->fde.func_start = buf;
7054     dfh->fde.func_len = buf_size;
7055 
7056 #ifdef DEBUG_JIT
7057     /* Enable this block to be able to debug the ELF image file creation.
7058        One can use readelf, objdump, or other inspection utilities.  */
7059     {
7060         g_autofree char *jit = g_strdup_printf("%s/qemu.jit", g_get_tmp_dir());
7061         FILE *f = fopen(jit, "w+b");
7062         if (f) {
7063             if (fwrite(img, img_size, 1, f) != img_size) {
7064                 /* Avoid stupid unused return value warning for fwrite.  */
7065             }
7066             fclose(f);
7067         }
7068     }
7069 #endif
7070 
7071     one_entry.symfile_addr = img;
7072     one_entry.symfile_size = img_size;
7073 
7074     __jit_debug_descriptor.action_flag = JIT_REGISTER_FN;
7075     __jit_debug_descriptor.relevant_entry = &one_entry;
7076     __jit_debug_descriptor.first_entry = &one_entry;
7077     __jit_debug_register_code();
7078 }
7079 #else
7080 /* No support for the feature.  Provide the entry point expected by exec.c,
7081    and implement the internal function we declared earlier.  */
7082 
7083 static void tcg_register_jit_int(const void *buf, size_t size,
7084                                  const void *debug_frame,
7085                                  size_t debug_frame_size)
7086 {
7087 }
7088 
7089 void tcg_register_jit(const void *buf, size_t buf_size)
7090 {
7091 }
7092 #endif /* ELF_HOST_MACHINE */
7093 
7094 #if !TCG_TARGET_MAYBE_vec
7095 void tcg_expand_vec_op(TCGOpcode o, TCGType t, unsigned e, TCGArg a0, ...)
7096 {
7097     g_assert_not_reached();
7098 }
7099 #endif
7100